Home   Package List   Routine Alphabetical List   Global Alphabetical List   FileMan Files List   FileMan Sub-Files List   Package Component Lists   Package-Namespace Mapping  
Info |  Desc |  Directly Accessed By Routines |  Accessed By FileMan Db Calls |  Pointed To By FileMan Files |  Pointer To FileMan Files |  Fields |  All
Print Page as PDF
Global: ^SRF

Package: Surgery

Global: ^SRF


Information

FileMan FileNo FileMan Filename Package
130 SURGERY Surgery

Description

Directly Accessed By Routines, Total: 437

Package Total Routines
Surgery 414 SR00109    SR100UTL    SR160UTL    SR47UTL    SR54UTL    SR62UTL    SR81UTL    SRBL
SRBLOOD    SRHLORU    SRHLUI    SRHLUO    SRHLUO1    SRHLUO2    SRHLUO3    SRHLUO4C
SRHLVORU    SRHLVUO    SRHLVUO1    SRHLVUO2    SRHLVZQR    SRHLVZSQ    SRHLZQR    SRO1L
SRO1L1    SROA30    SROA38A    SROABCH    SROAC    SROAC1    SROAC2    SROACAR
SROACAR1    SROACAT    SROACC0    SROACC1    SROACC2    SROACC3    SROACC4    SROACC5
SROACC6    SROACCM    SROACCR    SROACL1    SROACLN    SROACMP    SROACMP1    SROACOD
SROACOM    SROACOM1    SROACOP    SROACPM    SROACPM1    SROACPM2    SROACR1    SROACR2
SROACRC    SROACS    SROACTH    SROACTH1    SROADEL    SROADOC    SROADOC1    SROADX
SROADX1    SROADX2    SROAERR    SROAEX    SROAL1    SROAL11    SROAL2    SROAL21
SROALC    SROALCP    SROALCS    SROALCSP    SROALEC    SROALEN    SROALET    SROALL
SROALLP    SROALLS    SROALLSP    SROALM    SROALMN    SROALN1    SROALN3    SROALNC
SROALNO    SROALSL    SROALSS    SROALSSP    SROALST    SROALSTP    SROALT    SROALTP
SROALTS    SROALTSP    SROAMAN    SROAMEAS    SROAMIS    SROANEST    SROANEW    SROANIN
SROANP    SROANR    SROANR0    SROANR1    SROANT    SROANTP    SROANTS    SROANTSP
SROAO    SROAOP    SROAOP1    SROAOPS    SROAOSET    SROAOTH    SROAOUT    SROAPAS
SROAPCA    SROAPCA1    SROAPCA2    SROAPCA3    SROAPCA4    SROAPIMS    SROAPR1A    SROAPRE
SROAPRE1    SROAPRE2    SROAPRT1    SROAPRT2    SROAPRT3    SROAPRT4    SROAPRT5    SROAPRT6
SROAPRT7    SROAPS1    SROAPS2    SROAR1    SROAR2    SROARET    SROARPT    SROASITE
SROASS    SROASS1    SROASSE    SROASSN    SROASSP    SROASWP2    SROASWP3    SROAT0P
SROAT1P    SROAT2P    SROATCM    SROATCM1    SROATCM2    SROATCM3    SROATM1    SROATM2
SROATM3    SROATM4    SROATMIT    SROATMNO    SROATT0    SROATT1    SROATT2    SROAUTL
SROAUTL0    SROAUTL2    SROAUTL3    SROAUTL4    SROAUTLC    SROAWL1    SROAX    SROBLOD
SROCAN0    SROCANUP    SROCCAT    SROCD    SROCD0    SROCD1    SROCD2    SROCD3
SROCD4    SROCDX1    SROCL1    SROCMP    SROCMPED    SROCMPL    SROCMPS    SROCNR1
SROCNR2    SROCOM    SROCOMP    SROCON    SROCON1    SROCPT    SROCPT0    SROCVER
SRODATE    SRODELA    SRODIS0    SRODLA1    SRODLA2    SRODLT0    SRODPT    SRODTH
SROERR    SROERR0    SROERR1    SROERR2    SROERRPO    SROES    SROESAD    SROESAD1
SROESAR0    SROESARA    SROESHL    SROESL    SROESNR0    SROESNR2    SROESNRA    SROESPR
SROESTV    SROESUTL    SROESX    SROESX0    SROESXA    SROESXP    SROGMTS    SROGMTS0
SROGTSR    SROHIS    SROICD    SROICU1    SROICU2    SROINQ    SROIRR    SROKRET
SROLOCK    SROMED    SROMENU    SROMOD    SROMOD0    SROMORT    SRONAN1    SRONASS
SRONBCH    SRONEW    SRONIN    SRONON    SRONOP    SRONOP1    SRONOR2    SRONOR3
SRONOR4    SRONOR5    SRONOR7    SRONOR8    SRONP    SRONP0    SRONP1    SRONP2
SRONPEN    SRONRPT    SRONRPT0    SRONRPT1    SRONRPT2    SRONRPT3    SRONUR1    SRONUR2
SRONXR    SROP    SROP1    SROPAC0    SROPAC1    SROPACT    SROPCE    SROPCE0
SROPCE0A    SROPCE0B    SROPCE1    SROPCEP    SROPCEU    SROPCEU0    SROPCEX    SROPDEL
SROPECS    SROPECS1    SROPER    SROPFSS    SROPLIST    SROPLSTS    SROPOST0    SROPOST1
SROPOST2    SROPPC    SROPRI    SROPRI1    SROPRI2    SROPRIN    SROPRPT    SROPS
SROPS1    SROPSEL    SROPSN    SROQ0    SROQ0A    SROQ1A    SROQ2    SROQADM
SROQD    SROQD0    SROQD1    SROQIDP    SROQIDP0    SROQL    SROQN    SRORAT1
SRORAT2    SROREA1    SROREA2    SROREQ1    SROREQ2    SROREQ3    SROREQ4    SROREST
SRORESV    SRORET    SRORTRN    SRORUT0    SROSCH    SROSCH1    SROSCH2    SROSNR1
SROSNR2    SROSPC1    SROSPLG    SROSPLG1    SROSPLG2    SROSPSS    SROSRPT    SROSUR
SROSUR1    SROSUR2    SROTHER    SROTIUD    SROTRIG    SROTRPT0    SROUNV1    SROUNV2
SROUTC    SROUTL    SROUTL0    SROUTL1    SROVAR    SROVER    SROVER1    SROVER2
SROVER3    SROWC1    SROWC2    SROWC3    SROWRQ    SROWRQ1    SROXR1    SROXR2
SROXR4    SROXRET    SRSAVG    SRSAVL1    SRSCAN    SRSCAN0    SRSCAN1    SRSCAN2
SRSCD    SRSCDS    SRSCDS1    SRSCDW    SRSCDW1    SRSCHAP    SRSCHC1    SRSCHCA
SRSCHD1    SRSCHD2    SRSCHDA    SRSCHK    SRSCHUN    SRSCHUN1    SRSCHUP    SRSCOR
SRSCPT1    SRSCPT2    SRSCRAP    SRSDT    SRSPUT0    SRSRBS    SRSRBS1    SRSRBW
SRSRBW1    SRSREQ    SRSREQUT    SRSRQST    SRSRQST1    SRSTCH    SRSUP1    SRSUPC
SRSUPRQ    SRSUTL    SRSUTL2    SRSWL5    SRSWLST    SRTPNEW    
Text Integration Utility 5 TIU215F    TIU215R    TIUHL7P3    TIUPUTS    TIUPUTSX    
Health Summary 4 GMTSPL    GMTSPOST    GMTSROB    GMTSROE    
Lab Service 4 LRBLPCSS    LROSPLG    LROSPLG1    LROSPLG2    
Order Entry Results Reporting 3 ORDV04A    ORMEVNT1    ORWSR    
IHS Changes To ADT 2 BDGPOST4    BDGPV1    

Accessed By FileMan Db Calls, Total: 66

Package Total Routines
Surgery 59 SR100UTL    SRO1L1    SROACAT    SROACL2    SROACOM    SROACOM1    SROACPM    SROACPM1
SROACR2    SROACTH1    SROADEL    SROAEX    SROALEN    SROALMN    SROAMAN    SROANEST
SROAOP    SROAOP2    SROAOUT    SROAPM    SROAPRE    SROAPS1    SROARPT    SROAUTL
SROAUTL3    SROAUTLC    SROCMPL    SROESNR0    SROESTV    SROGMTS    SROMED    SRONASS
SRONEW    SRONIN    SRONOP1    SRONP2    SROPCE0    SROPDEL    SROPER    SROPOST
SROPOST0    SROPOST1    SROPRIO    SROPRIT    SROUTC    SROVER1    SROVER3    SROWC
SROWC2    SRSCAN2    SRSCHC1    SRSCHCC    SRSCHDC    SRSCHUN    SRSCONR    SRSCRAP
SRSIND    SRSRQST    SRSTCH    
Health Summary 3 GMTSROB    GMTSROE    GMTSRON    
IHS Changes To ADT 2 BDGICS2    BDGIPL31    
IHS Mods To Text Integration Utilities 2 BTIUDOC    BTIUVSIT    

Pointed To By FileMan Files, Total: 6

Package Total FileMan Files
Surgery 4 SURGERY(#130)[35#130.3513(.01)#130.43(.01)]
SURGERY SITE PARAMETERS(#133)[#133.028(.01)]    SURGERY PROCEDURE/DIAGNOSIS CODES(#136)[.01]    SURGERY TRANSPLANT ASSESSMENTS(#139.5)[2]    
Order Entry Results Reporting 1 OE/RR PATIENT EVENT(#100.2)[14]    
Text Integration Utility 1 TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)[1405]    

Pointer To FileMan Files, Total: 36

Package Total FileMan Files
Surgery 22 SURGERY(#130)[35#130.3513(.01)#130.43(.01)]
SURGERY TRANSPORTATION DEVICES(#131.01)[.1125]    SURGERY DISPOSITION(#131.6)[.43.46.79]
PROSTHESIS(#131.9)[#130.01(.01)]    SURGERY POSITION(#132)[.54#130.065(.01)]    RESTRAINTS AND POSITIONAL AIDS(#132.05)[#130.31(.01)]    SURGICAL DELAY(#132.4)[#130.042(.01)]    ASA CLASS(#132.8)[1.13]    ATTENDING CODES(#132.9)[.166]    ANESTHESIA SUPERVISOR CODES(#132.95)[.345]    MONITORS(#133.4)[#130.41(.01)]    IRRIGATION(#133.6)[#130.08(.01)]    SURGERY REPLACEMENT FLUIDS(#133.7)[#130.04(.01)]    SURGERY CANCELLATION REASON(#135)[18]    SKIN PREP AGENTS(#135.1)[.1758]    SKIN INTEGRITY(#135.2)[.07.76]    PATIENT MOOD(#135.3)[.19.81]    PATIENT CONSCIOUSNESS(#135.4)[.196.821]    PERIOPERATIVE OCCURRENCE CATEGORY(#136.5)[#130.0126(5)#130.053(5)#130.13(3)#130.22(5)]    LOCAL SURGICAL SPECIALTY(#137.45)[.04]    ELECTROGROUND POSITIONS(#138)[.556]    OPERATING ROOM(#131.7)[.02]    
Kernel 3 INSTITUTION(#4)[50]    STATE(#5)[#130.03(3)]    NEW PERSON(#200)[.12.14.15.16.164.167.168.18.31.32.33.34.522.525.57.691.09945474861636970123124#130.01(10)#130.0129(3)#130.013(1)#130.02(2)#130.03(6)#130.06(35)#130.06(39)#130.23(.01)#130.28(.01)#130.31(1)#130.34(2)#130.34(3)#130.36(.01)#130.39(2)#130.41(3)]    
CPT Files 2 CPT MODIFIER(#81.3)[#130.028(.01)#130.164(.01)]    CPT(#81)[27#130.16(3)]    
Registration 2 SPECIALTY(#42.4)[454]    VA PATIENT(#2)[.01]    
DRG Grouper 1 ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)[32.566253286343344392489#130.13(4)#130.17(3)#130.18(3)#130.22(6)]    
IHS Patient 1 VISIT(#9000010)[.015]    
Lab Service 1 TOPOGRAPHY FIELD(#61)[#130.49(.01)]    
Order Entry Results Reporting 1 ORDER(#100)[100]    
Pharmacy Data Management 1 DRUG(#50)[#130.33(.01)#130.47(.01)#130.48(.01)]
Scheduling 1 HOSPITAL LOCATION(#44)[.021119]    
Text Integration Utility 1 TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)[1000100110021003]    

Fields, Total: 592

Field # Name Loc Type Details
.01 PATIENT 0;1 POINTER TO VA PATIENT FILE (#2)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
VA PATIENT(#2)

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 22, 1991
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the patient.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I 1 D EN^DDIOL("Deletion from this file is not allowed !!",,"!!,?2")
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^B
    1)= S ^SRF("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^SRF("B",$E(X,1,30),DA)
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ARET^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= D ^SROKRET
    The ARET cross reference on the PATIENT field removes returns to surgery that are defined for other cases when a case is deleted.  In addition, the ARET cross reference includes logic to remove AL and AUD nodes (on case
    deletion) that may exist because of the reverse set and kill logic on the AL and AUD cross references.
.011 IN/OUT-PATIENT STATUS 0;12 SET
  • 'I' FOR INPATIENT;
  • 'O' FOR OUTPATIENT;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.011 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the hospital admission status at the time of surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): This field contains the patient's hospital admission status at the time of surgery. Enter the letter "I" if the patient is an inpatient or the letter "O" if he or she was an outpatient. Please
    follow your hospital's definition of inpatient and outpatient status.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE5^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
.015 VISIT 0;15 POINTER TO VISIT FILE (#9000010) VISIT(#9000010)

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 17, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the visit associated with this occasion of service.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the visit associated with this case.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AV
    1)= S ^SRF("AV",$E(X,1,30),DA)=""
    2)= K ^SRF("AV",$E(X,1,30),DA)
    This is a regular cross reference to be used for sorting.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AA^MUMPS
    1)= D ADD^AUPNVSIT
    2)= D SUB^AUPNVSIT
    This MUMPS cross reference maintains the dependency count for this visit in the VISIT file.
.0155 CLASSIFICATION ENTERED (Y/N) 0;20 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 01, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if classification information has been entered (as appropriate).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field indicates whether or not classification items have been addressed. This field is used by the software to decide whether to allow the user a choice to update classification information. If the field is NO or
    null, it will not permit a choice if the site parameter to enter classification information is turned on.
.016 SERVICE CONNECTED 0;16 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating a service connected problem, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a service connected problem.  This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for use by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE16^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.017 AGENT ORANGE EXPOSURE 0;17 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating an agent orange exposure problem, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem that is related to Agent Orange Exposure. This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for use
    by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE17^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.018 IONIZING RADIATION EXPOSURE 0;18 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating an Ionizing Radiation Exposure problem, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem that is related to Ionizing Radiation Exposure. This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010)
    for use by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE18^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.019 SOUTHWEST ASIA CONDITIONS 0;19 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 26, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating a SW Asia problem, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem related to service in SW Asia.  This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for use by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE19^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.02 OPERATING ROOM 0;2 POINTER TO OPERATING ROOM FILE (#131.7) OPERATING ROOM(#131.7)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ORDIV^SROUTL0(+Y,$G(SRSITE(""DIV""))),('$P(^SRS(+Y,0),U,6))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the operating room where the principal operation is performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the name of the operating room where the principal operation is performed for this patient.  It can be selected by entering the name  or abbreviation of the operating room.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ORDIV^SROUTL0(+Y,$G(SRSITE(""DIV""))),('$P(^SRS(+Y,0),U,6))"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen limits selection to active operating rooms for the division.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AOR^MUMPS
    1)= I $P(^SRF(DA,0),"^",9)'="" S ^SRF("AOR",X,$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),"^",9),1,7),DA)=""
    2)= K ^SRF("AOR",X,$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),"^",9),1,7),DA)
    The AOR cross reference on the OPERATING ROOM field is used in various reports when sorting by operating room.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AM3^MUMPS
    1)= D AM3^SROXR2
    2)= D KILLAM3^SROXR2
    The AM3 cross reference on the OPERATING ROOM field updates the AMM cross reference when the OPERATING ROOM is edited if the case has been scheduled.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE20^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
.021 ASSOCIATED CLINIC 0;21 POINTER TO HOSPITAL LOCATION FILE (#44) HOSPITAL LOCATION(#44)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$HL^SROUTL0(Y,$G(SRSITE(""DIV""))),$$CLINIC^SROUTL(Y,$S($D(DA):DA,1:""""))" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the clinic associated with this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the clinic associated with this surgical case or non-OR procedure.  The entry made in this field will be used as the location of the encounter for PCE.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$HL^SROUTL0(Y,$G(SRSITE(""DIV""))),$$CLINIC^SROUTL(Y,$S($D(DA):DA,1:""""))"
  • EXPLANATION:  Select active, count clinic at the user's division.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE21^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.022 MILITARY SEXUAL TRAUMA 0;22 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating a problem related to Military Sexual Trauma, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem that is related to Military Sexual Trauma. This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for use
    by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE22^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.023 HEAD AND/OR NECK CANCER 0;23 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating a problem related to Head and/or Neck Cancer, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem that is related to Head and/or Neck Cancer. This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for
    use by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE23^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.024 COMBAT VET 0;24 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating a problem related to Combat, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem that is related to Combat.  This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for use by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE27^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.026 PROJ 112/SHAD 0;25 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 17, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this case is treating a problem related to PROJ 112/SHAD, enter YES.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field will be used to indicate if this surgery or non-OR procedure is treating a VA patient for a problem that is related to PROJ 112/SHAD.  This information may be passed to the VISIT file (#9000010) for use by PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE28^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
.03 MAJOR/MINOR 0;3 SET
  • 'J' FOR MAJOR;
  • 'N' FOR MINOR;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.03 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the case type.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Major - Any operation performed under general, spinal, or epidural
    anesthesia plus all inguinal herniorrhaphies, carotid
    endarterectomies, parathyroidectomies, thyroidectomies, breast
    lumpectomies, or endovascular AAA repairs regardless of
    anesthesia administered.
    Minor - All operations not designated as Major.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.035 CASE SCHEDULE TYPE 0;10 SET
  • 'EM' FOR EMERGENCY;
  • 'EL' FOR ELECTIVE;
  • 'A' FOR ADD ON (NON-EMERGENT);
  • 'S' FOR STANDBY;
  • 'U' FOR URGENT;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(DA) D EM^SROAUTLC I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.035 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter code describing how the case is scheduled.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code describing how this case was scheduled. It is important that this field is entered. The Scheduler may use this field when updating the schedule due to cancellations or insertions.
    NSQIP Definition of Emergency Case (2004): An emergency case is usually performed as soon as possible and no later than 12 hours after the patient has been admitted to the hospital or after the onset of related
    preoperative symptomatology. Answer EMERGENCY if the surgeon and anesthesiologist report the case as emergent
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AP^MUMPS
    1)= D NOW^SROAUTLC
    2)= D KNOW^SROAUTLC
    This cross reference stuffs the current date/time into the Date/Time of Cardiac Surgical Priority field (414.1).
.037 CASE SCHEDULE ORDER 0;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>35!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.037 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 31, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the sequence when more than one patient is scheduled by a surgeon or service on the same date, i.e. 1ST, 2ND or 3RD.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the sequence in which the surgeon expects to do the case if he or she has more than one case scheduled for this day. This field is optional, but is very useful to the person scheduling cases if the surgeon has
    more than one case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.04 SURGERY SPECIALTY 0;4 POINTER TO LOCAL SURGICAL SPECIALTY FILE (#137.45)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
LOCAL SURGICAL SPECIALTY(#137.45)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the assigned surgical specialty, or section, of the surgeon.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): This is the surgical specialty credited for doing this operative procedure. Many reports, including the Annual Report of Surgical Procedures, are sorted by the surgical specialty. This field should
    be entered prior to completion of this case. (If you enter '?' in the surgical package, it will display the entire local surgical specialty list and a copy of the national list can be found in the Operations Manual.)
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ASP^MUMPS
    1)= I $P(^SRF(DA,0),"^",9)'="" S ^SRF("ASP",X,$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),"^",9),1,7),DA)=DA
    2)= K ^SRF("ASP",X,$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),"^",9),1,7),DA)
    The ASP cross reference on the SURGERY SPECIALTY field is used by various reports to sort by the surgical specialty and within surgical specialty by date of operation.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE3^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
.05 REQ CLEAN OR CONTAMINATED 0;5 SET
  • 'C' FOR CLEAN;
  • 'D' FOR CONTAMINATED;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.05 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 22, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the wound class, for scheduling purposes.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the description of the wound class for the case. The code entered is used when scheduling the operating room for this procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.07 PREOP SKIN INTEG 0;7 POINTER TO SKIN INTEGRITY FILE (#135.2) SKIN INTEGRITY(#135.2)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.07 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the preoperative assessment of the patient's skin integrity upon arrival to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the preoperative assessment of the patient's skin integrity upon arrival to the operating room. The information entered will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.08 PREOP SKIN COLOR 0;8 SET
  • 'A' FOR ASHEN;
  • 'LBR' FOR LIGHT BROWN;
  • 'DBR' FOR DARK BROWN;
  • 'PI' FOR PINK;
  • 'PA' FOR PALE;
  • 'F' FOR FLUSHED;
  • 'M' FOR MOTTLED;
  • 'C' FOR CYANOTIC;
  • 'I' FOR ICTERIC;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.08 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 22, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the preoperative assessment of the patient's skin color upon arrival to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the preoperative assessment of the patient's skin color upon arrival to the operating room. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.09 DATE OF OPERATION 0;9 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D SCH^SRODATE
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 20, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the principal operation was performed. The patient may have more than principal operation (and operative record) on the same day.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the case was performed.  The date of operation must be entered for all cases.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the TIME PAT IN OR field of the SURGERY File
    TRIGGERED by the DATE OF PROCEDURE field of the SURGERY File
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AC^MUMPS
    1)= S ^SRF("AC",X,DA)=$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^")
    2)= K ^SRF("AC",X,DA)
    The AC cross reference on the DATE OF OPERATION field is used to sort entries by date of operation for reports.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ADT^MUMPS
    1)= D ADT^SROXR2
    2)= D KADT^SROXR2
    The ADT cross reference on the DATE OF OPERATION field uses the 'inverse' date/time format to sort and to display cases by inverse chronological order.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ASP1^MUMPS
    1)= D SP^SROXR1
    2)= D KSP^SROXR1
    The ASP1 cross reference on the DATE OF OPERATION field updates the ASP and the AOR cross references when the date of operation is changed.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AR^MUMPS
    1)= D AR^SROXR1
    2)= D KAR^SROXR1
    The AR cross reference on the DATE OF OPERATION field is used to sort and display requested cases.  This cross reference is created when a case is requested or when the request date is changed.  Upon scheduling the
    request, the AR cross reference for the case is deleted.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES8 (#442) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr:  Update TIU when Date of Operation is changed.
    Description:  This cross-reference is responsible for updating the REFERENCE DATE field (#1301) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for all Reports when the DATE OF OPERATION field (#9) in the SURGERY file (#130) is edited.
    Set Logic:  D AES8^SROESX0 Q
    Set Cond:  S X=((X1(1)'=X2(1))&(X2(1)'=""))
    Kill Logic:  Q
    X(1):  DATE OF OPERATION  (130,.09)  (forwards)
  • FIELD INDEX:  AK (#446) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr:  PFSS field monitor flag.
    Description:  This cross-reference will be checked before sending a notification to the PFSS after editing the Date Of Operation field.
    Set Logic:  I ($P(X1(1),".")'=$P(X2(1),"."))&(X2(1)'="") S ^TMP("SRPFSS",$J)="" Q
    Set Cond:  Q
    Kill Logic:  I ($P(X1(1),".")'=$P(X2(1),"."))&(X1(1)'="") S ^TMP("SRPFSS",$J)="" Q
    Kill Cond:  Q
    X(1):  DATE OF OPERATION  (130,.09)  (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
.11 TRANS TO OR BY .1;1 POINTER TO SURGERY TRANSPORTATION DEVICES FILE (#131.01) SURGERY TRANSPORTATION DEVICES(#131.01)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.11 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 02, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the transporting device, or method, used to deliver the patient to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the method or device used to deliver the patient to the operating room. This field is optional, but may be useful for documentation of the case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.111 OR CIRC SUPPORT 19;0 POINTER Multiple #130.28 130.28

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information about the nurses with circulating role responsibilities.
  • INDEXED BY:  OR CIRC SUPPORT (AES7)
.112 OR SCRUB SUPPORT 23;0 POINTER Multiple #130.36 130.36

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information about the person with scrub role responsibilities.
.12 HAIR REMOVAL BY .1;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.12"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=$G(DIE),X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 03, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If the patient had hair removed for the procedure, enter the name of the person responsible for removing the patient's hair. This field may be restricted based on locally defined keys.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the person responsible for removing the patient's hair in preparation for the operative procedure (if necessary).
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.12"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  This field may be restricted based on locally defined keys.
.13 RESTR & POSITION AIDS 20;0 POINTER Multiple #130.31 130.31

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to restraints and positioning aids used during this operative procedure.
.14 SURGEON .1;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.14"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the privileged person who performs the major portion of the principal operation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person performing the major portion of the principal operative procedure. This field is required as part of the Operation Report.
    This field may be restricted by locally determined keys so that only people with the appropriate keys can be entered.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.14"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries into this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
  • AUDIT:  YES, ALWAYS
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ASR^MUMPS
    1)= D STAFF^SROXR1
    2)= D KSTAFF^SROXR1
    The ASR cross reference on the SURGEON field is used to update the STAFF/RESIDENT field when a surgeon is entered.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE1^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ATT^MUMPS
    1)= D ATT^SROXR1
    2)= D KATT^SROXR1
    This cross reference updates the ATTEND SURG field with the SURGEON if the SURGERY RESIDENTS (Y/N) site parameter is NO.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES1 (#185) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Update TIU when surgeon is changed.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for updating the AUTHOR/DICTATOR field (#1202) and the EXPECTED SIGNER field (#1204) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for the Operation Report when the surgeon is edited.
    Set Logic:  D SET^SROESX0
    Set Cond:  S X=X1(1)'=X2(1)
    Kill Logic:  Q
    Kill Cond:  S X=0
    X(1):  SURGEON  (130,.14)  (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
.15 FIRST ASST .1;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.15"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person assisting the surgeon during the major portion of the principal operation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the name of the person assisting the surgeon during the operative procedure.  The information entered here appears on the Operation Report and Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.15"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally defined keys.
.16 SECOND ASST .1;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.16"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person assisting the surgeon.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the second person assisting the surgeon during the operative procedure. If entered, this information appears on the Operation Report and Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.16"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.164 ATTEND SURG .1;13 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.164"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the attending staff surgeon. This is required when the surgeon is in training status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the attending staff surgeon responsible for this case. This information appears on the Operation Report, Nurse Intraoperative Report, and Attending Surgeon Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.164"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I 1 D EN^DDIOL("The ATTEND SURGEON can't be deleted.",,"!!,?2")
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE4^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES3 (#438) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Update TIU when attending surgeon is changed.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for updating the EXPECTED COSIGNER field (#1208) and the ATTENDING PHYSICIAN field (#1209) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for the Operation Report when the attending surgeon is edited.
    Set Logic:  D SET1^SROESX0
    Set Cond:  S X=((X1(1)'=X2(1))&(X2(1)'=""))
    Kill Logic:  D SET1^SROESX0
    Kill Cond:  S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1):  ATTEND SURG  (130,.164)  (forwards)
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
.165 *ATTENDING CODE - NOT USED .1;16 SET
  • '0' FOR LEVEL 0. ATTENDING DOING THE OPERATION;
  • '1' FOR LEVEL 1. ATTENDING IN O.R. ASSISTING THE RESIDENT;
  • '2' FOR LEVEL 2. ATTENDING IN O.R., NOT SCRUBBED;
  • '3' FOR LEVEL 3. ATTENDING NOT PRESENT IN O.R. SUITE, IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the highest level of supervision provided by the attending staff surgeon.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NOTE: This field is replaced by the new ATTENDING CODE field (#.166).
    This is the code corresponding to the highest level of supervision provided by the attending staff surgeon for this case.  This information appears in the Operation Report, Nurse Intraoperative Report, and Attending
    Surgeon Report.
    0   The staff practitioner performs the case but may be assisted by
    a resident.
    1   The supervising practitioner is physically present in the
    operative or procedural suite and directly involved in the
    procedure. The resident performs major portions of the procedure.
    2   The supervising practitioner is physically present in the
    operative or procedural suite and immediately available for
    consultation. The supervising practitioner may observe and
    provide direction.  The resident performs the procedure
    3   The supervising practitioner is not physically present in the
    operative or procedural suite, but is in the facility or on the
    VA campus. The supervising practitioner is immediately available
    for resident supervision or consultation as needed.  Local policy,
    as approved by the VISN Academic Affiliations Officer, should
    define the standard for "availability" of the supervising
    practitioner.  NOTE: The service chief and chief of staff
    are responsible for periodically reviewing cases done under
    Level 3 supervision.
    WRITE AUTHORITY:  ^
    UNEDITABLE
.166 ATTENDING CODE .1;10 POINTER TO ATTENDING CODES FILE (#132.9) ATTENDING CODES(#132.9)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the highest level of supervision provided by the attending staff surgeon.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the code corresponding to the highest level of resident supervision provided by the attending staff surgeon for this case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
.167 PERFUSIONIST .1;19 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.167"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person operating the cardio-pulmonary or organ perfusion apparatus.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person operating the cardio-pulmonary or organ perfusion apparatus. Although not required, this information may be valuable in documenting the case. If entered, it will appear on the Nurse
    Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.167"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.168 ASST PERFUSIONIST .1;20 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.168"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person assisting the perfusionist.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person assisting the perfusionist. If applicable, this information may be valuable in documentation of this case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.168"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.175 SKIN PREP AGENTS .1;7 POINTER TO SKIN PREP AGENTS FILE (#135.1) SKIN PREP AGENTS(#135.1)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.175 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the name of the skin prep agent used to wash and prepare the operative site.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the type of agent used to wash and prepare the operative site. If entered, this information appears on the Nurse Intraoperative Report and is useful in documenting the case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.18 SKIN PREPPED BY (1) .1;8 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.18"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person performing the preop skin preparation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person responsible for applying the agent used to wash and prepare the operative site. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.18"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.19 PREOP MOOD .1;9 POINTER TO PATIENT MOOD FILE (#135.3) PATIENT MOOD(#135.3)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.19 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 02, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the preoperative assessment of the patient's emotional status upon arrival to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the preoperative assessment of the patient's emotional status upon arrival to the operating room. It may be useful in the documentation of the case. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse
    Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.195 PREOP CONVERSE .1;14 SET
  • 'TC' FOR TALKS CONSTANTLY;
  • 'IC' FOR INITIATES CONVERSATION;
  • 'RQ' FOR RESPONDS TO QUESTIONS;
  • 'NA' FOR NOT ANSWER QUESTIONS;
  • 'A' FOR APHASIC;
  • 'D' FOR DYSPHASIC;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.195 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 22, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the preoperative assessment of the patient's demonstrated verbal responses upon arrival to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the preoperative assessment of the patient's demonstrated verbal responses upon arrival to the operating room. Although optional, this field may be valuable in documenting this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.196 PREOP CONSCIOUS .1;15 POINTER TO PATIENT CONSCIOUSNESS FILE (#135.4) PATIENT CONSCIOUSNESS(#135.4)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.196 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the preoperative assessment of the patient's level of consciousness upon arrival to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the preoperative assessment of the patient's level of consciousness upon arrival to the operating room. Although optional, this information may be useful in documenting the case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.202 NURSE PRESENT TIME .2;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(D0,0),U,9),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR K:Y<1!(X'[".") X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.202 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 22, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time that the nurse was present in the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date and time that the nurse was present in the operating room.  Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.203 TIME PAT IN HOLD AREA .2;15 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),U,9),1,7),X=$S(X?1.4N.A!(X?1.2N1":"2N.A):Z_"@"_X,1:X) S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1!(X'[".") X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.203 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 09, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time that the patient arrived in the holding area.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the patient arrived in the holding area. Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.204 ANES AVAIL TIME .2;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,1:DA),0),U,9),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR S %DT="TX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1!(X'[".") X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.204 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 20, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time that the anesthetist is available to service the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the anesthetist is available to service the patient. Although optional, this information is useful for evaluating operation delays.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.205 TIME PAT IN OR .2;10 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),U,9),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR K:Y<1!(X'[".") X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.205 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 05, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time that the patient was transported into the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the patient was transported into the operation room. Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient in Room (PIR): Time when patient enters the OR/PR.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^130^.09
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV S DIH=$S($D(^SRF(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,9)=DIV,DIH=130,DIG=.09 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(130,.205,1,1,2.1) X ^DD(130,.205,1,1,2.4)
    2.1)= S X=DIV S X=X,Y(1)=X S X=1,Y(2)=X S X=7,X=$E(Y(1),Y(2),X)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^SRF(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,9)=DIV,DIH=130,DIG=.09 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= TIME PAT IN OR
    DELETE VALUE)= $E(OLD TIME PAT IN OR,1,7)
    FIELD)= DATE OF OPERATION
    This trigger on the TIME PAT IN OR field updates the DATE OF OPERATION field with the date/time the patient went into the operating room.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE6^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AD^MUMPS
    1)= D VALIDAT^SROCVER
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross-reference on the TIME PAT IN OR field is used to invoke the CPT and ICD-9 codes revalidation checks in routine ^SROCVER.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AOE^MUMPS
    1)= I $L($T(OR1^ORMEVNT1)) D OR1^ORMEVNT1(DA,X)
    2)= I $L($T(OR2^ORMEVNT1)) D OR2^ORMEVNT1(DA)
    This MUMPS cross reference allows the CPRS to automatic discontinue or release orders when the patient enters the OR.
.206 SURG PRESENT TIME .2;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),U,9),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR K:Y<1!(X'[".") X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 24, 1987
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time that the authorized surgeon is available to begin the operation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the surgeon is available to begin the operative procedure. Although not mandatory, this information is useful for evaluating hospital delays.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.21 ANES CARE START TIME .2;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(D0,0),U,9),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1!(X'[".") X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.21 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time a member of the Anesthesia staff begins preparing the patient for surgery in the O.R. suite.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the anesthesia care began. It is required as part of the anesthesia report. The definition of what constitutes the time anesthesia care begins may vary depending on local anesthesia policy.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Anesthesia Start (AS): Time when a member of the anesthesia team begins preparing the patient for an anesthetic.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AF^MUMPS
    1)= Q:'$D(SRTN)!('$D(SRSITE("IV")))!('$D(DT))  I SRSITE("IV") D IV^SROXR1
    2)= Q
    The AF MUMPS cross reference on this field is responsible for canceling current IV orders for a patient undergoing a surgical or non-OR procedure if the site parameter is set to allow cancellation of IV orders.
    This cross reference compares the time entered in the ANES CARE START TIME field with the current time. If the difference is more than 24 hours, order cancellation is not allowed. If the difference is more than 1 hour, but
    not more than 24 hours, the user is warned that a considerable amount of time has passed since the start of the operation or procedure. Finally, if order cancellation is allowed, the user is prompted to cancel current IV
    orders or not. If the user chooses to cancel IV orders, the Surgery software calls DCOR^PSIVACT.
.213 ANES CARE TIME BLOCK 50;0 DATE Multiple #130.213 130.213

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date and time for which anesthesia care is provided.
.214 ANES CARE BILLABLE TIME FLAG .2;17 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 05, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  "Yes" indicates all anesthesia care time has been entered. "No" indicates time entry is not complete.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is a flag that indicates all anesthesia care time has been entered for a case. It is used in calculating the total anesthesia billable time. "Yes" indicates all time has been entered. "No" indicates time entry
    is not complete.
.215 INDUCTION COMPLETE .2;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=1,SR130="ANES CARE START TIME" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.215 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 09, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time that the anesthetist declares the patient ready for the start of the surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the anesthetist declares the patient ready for the start of the operative procedure. Although optional, this information may be useful in management studies.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.218 ANES CARE BILLABLE TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  S X=$$BILLTIME^SROANEST
  • ALGORITHM:  S X=$$BILLTIME^SROANEST
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the total anesthesia care billable time in minutes. It is calculated from all time intervals entered in the multiple anesthesia start and end time fields..
.22 TIME OPERATION BEGAN .2;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(DA,0),U,9),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR K:Y<1!(X'[".") X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time of the start of the surgical procedure. Exclude the skin prep time.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the operation began. The definition of this time is usually 'knife fall', but may vary according to local surgery service protocol.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Procedure/Surgery Start Time (PST): Time the procedure is begun (e.g., incision for a surgical procedure).
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.23 TIME OPERATION ENDS .2;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=2,SR130="TIME OPERATION BEGAN" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time wherein all surgical procedures related to this operation are complete.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Procedure/Surgery Finish (PF): Time when all instrument and sponge counts are completed and verified as correct; all postoperative radiological studies to be done in the OR/PR are completed; all
    dressings and drains are secured; and the physician/surgeons have completed all procedure-related activities on the patient. Should the patient expire in the operating room, indicate the time the patient was pronounced
    dead.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.232 TIME PAT OUT OR .2;12 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=10,SR130="TIME PAT IN OR" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D ATT^SROUTL1 I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.232 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 05, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time that the patient is taken from the operating room, i.e. 7:45, 0745, 745, T@7:45, JAN 1@745 ...
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the patient is taken from the operating room. Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time. This information is very significant for operating room
    management studies.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient Out of Room (POR): Time at which patient leaves OR/PR.
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the time the patient was transported out of the operating room. If the patient dies prior to leaving the OR, then indicate the time of death for this data element.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I $$DEL^SROESX(DA,"1,2") D EN^DDIOL("The TIME PAT OUT OR can't be deleted. This case has one or more operative",,"!!,?2") D EN^DDIOL("reports associated with it.",,"!,?2")
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AH^MUMPS
    1)= I $D(^SRF(DA,14)),'$D(^(15)) S %X="^SRF(DA,14,",%Y="^SRF(DA,15," D %XY^%RCR S ^(0)="^130.18A"_U_$P(^SRF(DA,15,0),U,3,4) K %X,%Y
    2)= Q
    The AH cross reference on the TIME PAT OUT OR field moves the OTHER PREOP DIAGNOSIS information into the OTHER POSTOP DIAGS subfile when the TIME PAT OUT OR is entered.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AM1^MUMPS
    1)= D AM1^SROXR2
    2)= Q
    The AM1 cross reference on the TIME PAT OUT OR field is responsible for removing the AMM cross reference for the case and for updating the scheduling display graph.  In addition, if the case is a reqested case, the AR
    cross reference is removed if it still exists.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE7^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AQ^MUMPS
    1)= D AQ^SROXR4
    2)= D KAQ^SROXR4
    This MUMPS cross reference is used by the transmission process to the national database.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES (#184) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Create/delete stub entries in TIU for nurse/operation reports.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for creating stub entries in TIU for the nurse intraoperative report and the operation report when the TIME PAT OUT OR field (#.232) is entered.  It is also responsible for deleting the
    stub entries in TIU for these same reports, if unsigned, when the TIME PAT OUT OR field (#.232) is deleted.  No action occurs if the value in the TIME PATOUT OR field (#.232) is modified.
    Set Logic:  D AES^SROESX
    Set Cond:  S X=X1(1)=""
    Kill Logic:  D KAES^SROESX
    Kill Cond:  S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1):  TIME PAT OUT OR  (130,.232)  (forwards)
.234 OR CLEAN START TIME .2;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=12,SR130="TIME PAT OUT OR" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.234 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 09, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time when the 'end of case' cleaning, or terminal cleaning began.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time when the 'end of case' or terminal cleaning began. Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.236 OR CLEAN END TIME .2;14 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=13,SR130="OR CLEAN START TIME" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.236 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 09, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time when the 'end of case' or terminal cleaning ended.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time when the 'end of case' or terminal cleaning ended. Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.24 ANES CARE END TIME .2;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=1,SR130="ANES CARE START TIME" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.24 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time that the anesthesia staff transfers care to other care providers.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that anesthesia care ends. Its definition may vary according to local anesthesia policy. Acceptable time formats include 7:45, 745, T@7:45 and JAN 1@7:45. Times entered without a date will be
    converted to the date of the operation at that time.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Anesthesia Finish (AF): Time at which anesthesiologist turns over care of the patient to a post anesthesia care team (either PACU or ICU).
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I $$DEL^SROESX(DA,"4") D EN^DDIOL("The ANES CARE END TIME field cannot be deleted. This case has an",,"!!,?2") D EN^DDIOL("Anesthesia Report associated with it.",,"!,?2")
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • FIELD INDEX:  AESA (#443) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Create/delete stub entries in TIU for anesthesia report.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for creating a stub entry in TIU for the anesthesia report when the ANES CARE END TIME field (#.24) is entered.  It is also responsible for deleting the stub entry in TIU for this
    report, if unsigned, when the ANES CARE END TIME field (#.24) is deleted.  No action occurs if the value in the ANES CARE END TIME field (#.24) is modified.
    Set Logic:  D AESA^SROESXA
    Set Cond:  S X=X1(1)=""
    Kill Logic:  D KAESA^SROESXA
    Kill Cond:  S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1):  ANES CARE END TIME  (130,.24)  (forwards)
.25 BLOOD LOSS (ML) .2;5 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.25 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 14, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of milliliters (0-100000) of blood estimated to be lost during the procedure (EBL).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of milliliters (0-100000) of blood estimated to be lost during the operative procedure (EBL). This information appears on the Nurse Intraoperative report, if entered.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.255 TOTAL URINE OUTPUT (ML) .2;16 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.255 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 22, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of milliliters (0-100000) of urine output during the operative procedure. (If measured)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the total number of milliliters (0-100000) of urine output during the operative procedure. If entered, this information appears on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.27 REPLACEMENT FLUID TYPE 4;0 POINTER Multiple #130.04 130.04

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is information related to the replacement fluid given intravascularly during the operative procedure.
.28 GENERAL COMMENTS 5;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.05

  • DESCRIPTION:  These are general comments about the operative procedure. Any information not provided for elsewhere can be entered here.
.29 NURSING CARE COMMENTS 7;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.07

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    These are comments on this case required for documentation on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
.293 MONITORS 27;0 POINTER Multiple #130.41 130.41

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to invasive or non-invasive monitors used during this case.
.31 PRINC ANESTHETIST .3;1 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.31"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 07, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This may be the anesthesiologist or CRNA (or surgeon, if local)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the principal anesthesiologist or CRNA (or surgeon, if local anesthesia). This information is extremely important for the Anesthesia Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.31"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ANES^MUMPS
    1)= D ANES^SROXR1
    2)= D KANES^SROXR1
    The ANES cross reference on the PRINC ANESTHETIST field updates the ANESTHETIST CATEGORY field when a principal anesthetist is entered.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES5 (#440) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Update TIU when principal anesthetist is changed.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for updating the AUTHOR/DICTATOR field (#1202) and the EXPECTED SIGNER field (#1204) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for the Anesthesia Report when the principal anesthetist is edited.
    Set Logic:  D SET2^SROESX0
    Set Cond:  S X=((X1(1)'=X2(1))&(X2(1)'=""))
    Kill Logic:  D SET2^SROESX0
    Kill Cond:  S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1):  PRINC ANESTHETIST  (130,.31)  (forwards)
.32 RELIEF ANESTHETIST .3;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.32"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the relief anesthetist (if applicable)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the anesthetist relieving the principal anesthetist, if applicable. If entered, this information appears on the Anesthesia Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.32"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.33 ASST ANESTHETIST .3;3 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.33"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the assistant to the principal anesthetist.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person assisting the principal anesthetist. If entered, this information appears on the Anesthesia Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.33"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.34 ANESTHESIOLOGIST SUPVR .3;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.34"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 07, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the anesthesiology staff supervisor.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of anesthesia supervisor. He or she may be the same person entered in the 'PRINC ANESTHETIST' or 'ASST ANESTHETIST' fields. This information is required if the principal anesthetist is in a training
    status, or CRNA.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.34"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES6 (#441) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  UPdate TIU when anesthesiologist supervisor is changed.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for updating the EXPECTED COSIGNER field (#1208) and the ATTENDING PHYSICIAN field (#1209) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for the Anesthesia Report when the anesthesiologist supervisor
    is edited.
    Set Logic:  D SET3^SROESX0
    Set Cond:  S X=((X1(1)'=X2(1))&(X2(1)'=""))
    Kill Logic:  D SET3^SROESX0
    Kill Cond:  S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1):  ANESTHESIOLOGIST SUPVR  (130,.34)  (forwards)
.345 ANES SUPERVISE CODE .3;6 POINTER TO ANESTHESIA SUPERVISOR CODES FILE (#132.95) ANESTHESIA SUPERVISOR CODES(#132.95)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.345 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the highest level of supervision of the anesthesiology staff supervisor.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the highest level of supervision of the anesthesiology staff supervisor. This information appears on the Anesthesia Report.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3511 ANES PERSONALLY PERFORMED .2;19 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 08, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Choose from: Y YES N NO
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Answer yes only if the anesthesiologist personally performed the entire anesthesia procedure.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Did the anesthesiologist personally perform the anesthesia care? This field only accepts and displays a "Y" for yes or "N" for no.  The set of codes  stores/translates 1 = YES and 0 = No.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3512 NUM OF CONCURRENT ANES CASES .2;20 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X<1!(X>9) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 04, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the total number of concurrent anesthesia procedures to this anesthesia care including this care.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Including this case, enter the number of cases that the anesthesiologist supervised where the time of the anesthesia care overlapped with this care. This field is required to support billing for the care and is critical
    for accurate coding of the primary anesthesia procedure.  Enter a zero if the anesthesiologist personally performed the care.  Enter 1 if the principal anesthetist was not an anesthesiologist and was medically directed by
    an anesthesiologist.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Total number of concurrent cases the anesthesiologist supervised during this care? This field can contain only one digit.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3513 ANES CONCURRENT CASES 55;0 POINTER Multiple #130.3513 130.3513

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is for information only and is not required. It will assist in correcting potential errors if a start or end time is edited since other cases could be affected by the edit.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field lists the concurrent anesthesia cases to this case by the SURGERY case number.
.3514 ANES MEDICALLY DIRECTED .2;22 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 08, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Choose from Y YES N NO
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the principal anesthetist was other than an anesthesiologist, answer yes if an anesthesiologist supervised the care.  Answering no indicates that the anesthetist was unsupervised.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    Was the CRNA medically directed by an anesthesiologist during this care? This field only accepts and displays a "Y" for yes or "N" for no.  The set of codes  stores/translates 1 = YES and 0 = NO.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.3515 ANES PHYSICIAN AVAILABLE .2;23 SET
  • '0' FOR NO;
  • '1' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 08, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Choose from Y YES N NO
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the anesthetist was a resident, answer yes if the teaching physician was present during all key portions of the procedure and immediately available during the entire procedure.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  Was the teaching physician present during all key portions of the procedure and immediately available during the entire procedure? This field only accepts and displays a "Y" for yes or "N" for no. The set of codes
    stores/translates 1 = YES and 0 = NO.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.36 MIN INTRAOP TEMPERATURE (C) .3;7 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>50)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X I $D(X),$D(DA),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.36 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 03, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a Number between 0 and 50, 1 Decimal Digit
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the lowest temperature of the patient during the operative procedure. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.37 ANESTHESIA TECHNIQUE 6;0 SET Multiple #130.06 130.06

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 15, 2007
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information about the anesthesia technique used during this case.
.375 MEDICATIONS 22;0 POINTER Multiple #130.33 130.33

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is information about medication for this case.
.39 IRRIGATION 26;0 POINTER Multiple #130.08 130.08

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the irrigation solution.
.42 OTHER PROCEDURES 13;0 Multiple #130.16 130.16

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 06, 1991
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to procedures performed in addition to the principal procedure.
  • INDEXED BY:  OTHER PROCEDURE & PLANNED OTHER PROC CPT CODE (AC)
.43 REQ POSTOP CARE .4;3 POINTER TO SURGERY DISPOSITION FILE (#131.6) SURGERY DISPOSITION(#131.6)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$P($G(^SRF(DA,"CON")),"^") S SRFLD=.43 D ^SROCON
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 22, 1994
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the requested postoperative care disposition for this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the location of care after the patient leaves the operating room and/or the post-anesthesia care unit.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive file entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AI^MUMPS
    1)= I $S('$D(^SRF(DA,.7)):1,$P(^(.7),U,9)="":1,1:0) S $P(^SRF(DA,.7),U,9)=X
    2)= Q
    The AI cross reference on the REQ POSTOP CARE field stuffs the requested post-operative care entry into the PACU DISPOSITION field.
.44 OR SET-UP TIME .4;4 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.44 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a number between 0 and 999.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes (0-999) necessary to prepare the operating room for the admission of the patient for the surgical procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.46 OP DISPOSITION .4;6 POINTER TO SURGERY DISPOSITION FILE (#131.6) SURGERY DISPOSITION(#131.6)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$P($G(^SRF(DA,"CON")),"^") S SRFLD=.46 D ^SROCON
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 22, 1994
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the destination of the patient immediately following the procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the destination of the patient immediately following the surgical procedure.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive file entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.47 PROSTHESIS INSTALLED 1;0 POINTER Multiple #130.01 130.01

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the prosthesis used for this operative procedure.
.48 TIME TOURNIQUET APPLIED 2;0 DATE Multiple #130.02 130.02

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 11, 1993
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the application of a tourniquet.
.52 FINAL COUNTS VERIFY CORRECT .5;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR CORRECT;
  • 'N' FOR INCORRECT;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the status of the final count at the end of the surgical procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.522 VERIFIER .5;12 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the verifier.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the person responsible for verifying that the final sponge, sharps, and instrument counts are correct at the end of this operative procedure.
.523 *INST CNT CORRECT .5;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR CORRECT;
  • 'N' FOR INCORRECT;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 29, 1987
  • DESCRIPTION:  Enter the code corresponding to the status of the final instrument count at the end of the surgical procedure.
    This field is marked for deletion.
.525 INST CNT VERF BY .5;11 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person accountable for the verification of the final instrument count.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person accountable for verification of the final instrument count.
.54 *SURGERY POSITION .5;3 POINTER TO SURGERY POSITION FILE (#132) SURGERY POSITION(#132)

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 23, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the position of the patient during the surgery procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field has been asterisked for deletion 18 months from the release of version 3.0 of the DHCP Surgery package. A multiple field titled SURGERY POSITION will be used in it's place.
.55 ELECTROGROUND POSITION .5;4 POINTER TO ELECTROGROUND POSITIONS FILE (#138) ELECTROGROUND POSITIONS(#138)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.55 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the area of placement of the dispersive electrode pad.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the area of placement of the dispersive electrode pad.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.56 FOLEY CATHETER SIZE .5;5 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.56 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 100.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the size of the Foley catheter.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.57 FOLEY CATHETER INSERTED BY .5;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.57"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person accountable for the insertion of the Foley catheter.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person accountable for insertion of the Foley catheter. Although this information is optional, it may be useful in documentation of this case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.57"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.61 PREOP TEMPERATURE .6;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>200)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.61 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a number between 0 and 200.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the most recent ward-recorded temperature of the patient prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.615 PREOP WEIGHT (Kg) .6;10 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>500)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.615 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 500.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the most recent ward-recorded weight of the patient prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.62 PREOPERATIVE HEART RATE .6;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.62 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 300.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the most recent ward-recorded heart rate of the patient prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.63 PREOP BLOOD PRESSURE .6;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<2)!'(X?1N.N1"/"1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.63 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the most recent ward recorded blood pressure of the patient prior to transport to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the most recent ward recorded blood pressure of the patient prior to transport to the operating room. Although optional, this information may be useful for documentation of this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.64 PREOP RESPIRATORY RATE .6;4 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>200)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.64 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 200.
  • DESCRIPTION:  this is the most recent ward-recorded respiratory rate of the patient prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.65 FINAL ANESTHESIA TEMP (C) .6;5 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>45)!(X<4)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.65 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 4 and 45.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the temperature, in degrees centigrade, at the time of the end of anesthesia care.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.66 POSTOP PULSE .6;6 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.66 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 300.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the pulse rate of the patient upon admission to the care area immediately after the surgical procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.67 POSTOP BP .6;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<2)!'(X?1N.N1"/"1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.67 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's blood pressure upon admission to the care area immediately after the surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the patient's blood pressure upon admission to the care area immediately after the surgical procedure. Although this information is optional, it may be useful in documentation of this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.68 POSTOP RESP .6;8 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.68 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 300.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the respiratory rate of the patient upon admission to the care area immediately after the surgical procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.69 VALID ID/CONSENT CONFIRMED BY .6;9 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.69"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the person confirming that there is valid consent.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person verifying the patient's identification band, Social Security Number, surgical site/procedure, and the entry of a valid operative consent on the patient's record.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,.69"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Enrties in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
.72 OTHER PREOP DIAGNOSIS 14;0 Multiple #130.17 130.17

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to any diagnosis in addition to the principal preoperative diagnosis.
.74 OTHER POSTOP DIAGS 15;0 Multiple #130.18 130.18

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 26, 1992
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to any postoperative diagnosis in addition to the principal postoperative diagnosis.
.75 ELECTROCAUTERY UNIT .7;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<2) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.75 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 2-50 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information identifying the electrosurgical unit utilized during the operative procedure. The information may include, but is not limited to, unit number, ground pad lot number and/or expiration date, coag
    setting, cut setting, blend-BI:Setting and Bipolar BP:Setting.  Examples:
    Electrocautery Unit: #7 HP206  COAG:50  CUT:50  BI:1
    Electrocautery Unit: DAISY:18%  or  DAISY BP:18%
    Electrocautery Unit: VL#2 EXP 3/20/91 COAG:30 CUT:20 BI:2  #2 BP:20
    (VL-VALLEYLAB)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.757 THERMAL UNIT 21;0 Multiple #130.32 130.32

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the temperature controlling device.
.76 POSTOP SKIN INTEG .7;6 POINTER TO SKIN INTEGRITY FILE (#135.2) SKIN INTEGRITY(#135.2)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.76 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's skin integrity after the surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's skin integrity after the operative procedure. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.77 POSTOP SKIN COLOR .7;7 SET
  • 'A' FOR ASHEN;
  • 'LBR' FOR LIGHT BROWN;
  • 'DBR' FOR DEEP BROWN;
  • 'PI' FOR PINK;
  • 'PA' FOR PALE;
  • 'F' FOR FLUSHED;
  • 'C' FOR CYANOTIC;
  • 'I' FOR ICTERIC;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.77 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the patient's skin color.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the patient's skin color after the operative procedure. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.79 PACU DISPOSITION .7;9 POINTER TO SURGERY DISPOSITION FILE (#131.6) SURGERY DISPOSITION(#131.6)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$P($G(^SRF(DA,"CON")),"^") S SRFLD=.79 D ^SROCON
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 22, 1994
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the destination of the patient immediately after release from the post-anesthesia care unit.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the destination of the patient immediately after release from the post-anesthesia care unit.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive file entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.81 POSTOP MOOD .8;1 POINTER TO PATIENT MOOD FILE (#135.3) PATIENT MOOD(#135.3)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.81 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 02, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's mood following the surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's mood following the operative procedure. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.82 POSTOP CONVERS .8;2 SET
  • 'TC' FOR TALKS CONSTANTLY;
  • 'IC' FOR INITIATES CONVERSATION;
  • 'RQ' FOR RESPONDS TO QUESTIONS;
  • 'NA' FOR NOT ANSWER QUESTIONS;
  • 'A' FOR APHASIC;
  • 'D' FOR DYSPHASIC;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.82 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's demonstrated verbal responses at the completion of the surgical procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.821 POSTOP CONSCIOUS .8;10 POINTER TO PATIENT CONSCIOUSNESS FILE (#135.4) PATIENT CONSCIOUSNESS(#135.4)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.821 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's level of consciousness after the surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the assessment of the patient's level of consciousness following the operative procedure. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.84 END PULSE .8;4 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.84 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 300.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the patient's pulse rate at the end of the operative procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.85 END BP .8;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<2)!'(X?1N.N1"/"1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.85 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter blood pressure systolic/diastolic.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the patient's systolic/diastolic blood pressure at the end of the operative procedure. Although optional, this information may be useful in documentation of this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.86 END RESP .8;6 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>200)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.86 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 200.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the patient's rate of respiration at the end of the operative procedure. This information may be useful in documentation of this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.875 PACKING .8;11 SET
  • 'V' FOR VASOLINE;
  • 'I' FOR IODOFORM;
  • 'P' FOR PLAIN;
  • 'B' FOR BETADINE;
  • 'D' FOR DENTALPACKS;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;
  • 'N' FOR NONE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.875 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the type of packing placed during the procedure that will remain in place when the patient is discharged from the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.971 PATIENT EDUCATION/ASSESSMENT .97;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;
  • 'U' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.971 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether preoperative patient education and assessment, with documentation of a care plan, were completed during the perioperative care of the patient.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.972 CONSENT SIG&WIT .97;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.972 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether there is a properly signed and witnessed operative consent present in the patient's medical record.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.973 BATH & SHAMPOO .97;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.973 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates if the patient's preoperatively prescribed bath and shampoo were completed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.974 REC&XRAY READY .97;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INCOMPLETE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.974 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient's x-rays and records are complete.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.975 ENEMA(S) IF ORD .97;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.975 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the administration of preoperative enema(s) were completed, if ordered.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.976 NPO AS ORD/CLIN MID .97;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.976 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether NPO orders were completed prior to the operative procedure as ordered by the surgeon.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.977 *CLERK CHN DAYS BEFORE .97;7 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 20, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 100000.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is not being used and is marked for deletion.
.981 *VERFIFY ID TAG SSN .98;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the identification bracelet and social security number verification was completed, legal and correct.
    This field has been marked for deletion.
.9811 CARE PLAN IN CHART .98;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.9811 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the nursing care plan is present on the patient's medical record prior to transport of the patient into the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.9812 ADDRESS PLATE .98;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.9812 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates if the patient's address plate is present on the patient's medical record prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.9813 PATIENT VOIDED .98;12 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.9813 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient voided prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.9814 PREOP MED&RAIL UP .98;13 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.9814 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether preoperative medication was administered and the side rails of the bed were placed in the 'up' position.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.9815 *CLERK CHN DATE PROCEDURE .98;14 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 20, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 100000.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field has been marked for deletion. It should not be used.
.982 PROSTHESIS REM .98;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.982 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether prosthetics (dentures, jewelry, hair pieces) have been removed prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.983 CIG, MATCH & VAL REM .98;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.983 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient's tobacco products, matches and valuables have been removed from his or her possession prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.984 VALUABLES SECURED .98;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.984 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient's valuables have been secured according to hospital policy.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.985 ORAL HYGIENE .98;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.985 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient's oral hygiene was completed prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.986 FRESHLY SHAVED .98;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.986 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient's facial hair was freshly shaved prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.987 CLEAN DRESSING .98;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.987 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates if all appropriate wounds have had clean dressings applied prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.988 CLEAN HOSP CLOTH .98;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.988 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient has clean hospital clothing prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.989 LEVIN TUBE/CATH .98;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.989 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether a Levin tube/catheter is present prior to transport to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.991 U/A IN 48 HRS .99;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.991 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient has had a urinalysis within 48 hours prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.9911 *CLERK CHN REC FOR MAJ SURG .99;10 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 20, 1984
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a whole number between 0 and 100000.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field has been marked for deletion. It should not be used.
.992 CBC IN 48 HRS .99;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.992 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient has had a CBC within 48 hours prior to being transported to the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.993 BLOOD TYPE&XMATCH .99;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.993 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient has had blood typing and crossmatching done.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.994 *BLEEDING & PTT TIME IN 48 HRS .99;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient has had bleed and PTT time within 48 hours prior to being transported to the operating room.
    This field has been marked for deletion in the next version of the Surgery package.
.995 *BUN IN 7 DAYS .99;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the patient has had a BUN within 7 days prior to being transported to the operating room.
    This field has been marked for deletion in the next version of the Surgery package.
.996 *BLOOD SUGAR IN 7 DAYS .99;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.996 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 26, 1992
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field determines whether the patient has had a blood sugar test within the last 7 days. This field has been marked for deletion in the next release of the Surgery software.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.997 *SEROLOGY REPORT .99;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 18, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field has been marked for deletion. It should not be used.
.998 CHEST XRAY IN 7 DAYS .99;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.998 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field determines whether the patient has had a chest x-ray within the last seven days.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
.999 EKG IN 24 HRS .99;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'I' FOR INAPPLICABLE;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=.999 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field determines whether the patient has had an EKG within the last 24 hours.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.01 REQ ANESTHESIA TECHNIQUE 1.0;1 SET
  • 'L' FOR LOCAL;
  • 'S' FOR SPINAL;
  • 'B' FOR BLOCK;
  • 'G' FOR GENERAL;
  • 'C' FOR CHOICE;
  • 'MAC' FOR MONITORED ANESTHESIA CARE;
  • 'E' FOR EPIDURAL;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.01 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the surgeon's choice for proposed surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the surgeon's choice of anesthesia for the proposed operative procedure. This information will appear on the Schedule of Operations.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.02 REQ FROZ SECT 1.0;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.02 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether laboratory support is needed to perform frozen section diagnostic tests during the operative procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.03 REQ PREOP X-RAY 1.0;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.03 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 1 to 50 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  These are the types of preop x-ray films and reports required for delivery to the operating room prior to the surgical procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.035 INTRAOPERATIVE X-RAYS 1.0;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'C' FOR C-ARM;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.035 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 19, 1993
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates if radiology personnel is needed in the operating room for intraoperative radiologic procedures.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.04 REQ PHOTO 1.0;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.04 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 16, 1992
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether Medical Media personnel need to be present in the operating room to obtain photographs during the operative procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.05 REQ BLOOD KIND 11;0 Multiple #130.14 130.14

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the blood product required during this operative procedure.
1.052 REQ BLOOD AVAIL 1.0;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.052 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the blood components are available as requested.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the requested blood components are available.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.09 WOUND CLASSIFICATION 1.0;8 SET
  • 'C' FOR CLEAN;
  • 'CC' FOR CLEAN/CONTAMINATED;
  • 'D' FOR CONTAMINATED;
  • 'I' FOR DIRTY/INFECTED;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.09 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 21, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the classification of the wound in relationship to the contamination and increasing risk of infection at the time of completion of the surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Indicate whether the wound has been classified by the primary surgeon as:
    >> Class 1 - Clean (C): Respiratory, alimentary, genital, or uninfected urinary tracts are not entered. Uninfected surgical wounds. No inflammation is encountered. Closed primarily and, if necessary, drained with closed
    drainage. Surgical incisional wounds that occur with nonpenetrating (eg blunt) trauma should be included in this category if they meet the criteria.
    [No hollow organ (e.g. bladder, stomach, vagina, lung, etc.) is entered; no breaks in aseptic technique.]
    Examples:
    - Exploratory laparotomy
    - Mastectomy or breast reduction
    - Neck dissection
    - Nonpenetrating blunt trauma
    - Thyroidectomy
    - Total hip replacement
    - Vascular operations (e.g. AAA, AV fistula, CEA, aortoiliac bypass)
    - Hernia repair
    - CABG, AVR
    - Craniotomy, majority neurosurgery
    - Pleura biopsy
    - Sternotomy
    - Abdominoplasty
    - Bone anchored hearing aids (BAHA)
    - Penile prosthesis placement
    - Dupuytren's release, finger
    - Liposuction
    - Carpal tunnel release
    - Hydrocele repair
    >> Class 2 - Clean/Contaminated (CC): Respiratory, alimentary, genital, or urinary tracts are entered under controlled conditions and without unusual contamination. Specifically, procedures involving the biliary tract,
    appendix, vagina, and oropharynx are included in this category, provided no evidence of infection or major breaks in technique are encountered.
    (Hollow organ entered but controlled; no inflammation; primary wound closure; minor break in aseptic technique; mechanical drain used.)
    Examples:
    - Bronchoscopy
    - Routine appendectomy
    - Cholecystectomy (e.g., any approach)
    - Laryngectomy
    - Small bowel resection
    - Oropharynx entered
    - GYN procedures
    - Vagina entered
    - Whipple pancreaticoduodenectomy
    - Pulmonary resection
    - Transurethral resection of prostate
    - Head & Neck cancer operations (e.g., oropharynx)
    - Sigmoid colectomy
    - Minor break in technique
    - Gastrointestinal or respiratory tract entered without significant
    spillage
    - Genitourinary tract entered in absence of infected urine
    >> Class 3 - Contaminated (D): Open fresh, accidental (e.g. traumatic) wounds. Procedures that have major breaks in sterile technique (eg, open cardiac massage) or gross spillage from the gastrointestinal tract and
    incisions in which acute, nonpurulent inflammation is encountered are included in this category.
    Examples:
    - Appendectomy for gangrenous appendicitis
    - Bile spillage during cholecystectomy
    - Diverticulitis
    - Laparotomy for penetrating injury with intestinal spillage
    - Entrance of genitourinary or biliary tracts in presence of infected
    urine or bile
    - Necrotic tissue without evidence of purulent drainage (e.g. dry
    gangrene)
    >> Class 4 - Dirty/Infected (I): Old traumatic wounds that have retained devitalized tissue and those that involve existing clinical infection or perforated viscera. This definition suggests that the organisms causing
    postoperative infection were present in the surgical field before the procedure.
    (Untreated, uncontrolled spillage from an internal organ; pus in operative wound; open suppurative wound; severe inflammation.)
    Examples:
    - Excision and drainage of abscess
    - Myringotomy for otitismedia
    - Perforated bowel
    - Peritonitis (abdominal exploration for acute bacterial peritonitis)
    - Acute bacterial inflammation, without pus
    - Transection of 'clean' tissue for the purpose of surgical access to
    a collection of pus
    - Traumatic wound with foreign bodies, fecal contamination, or delayed
    treatment, or all of these; or from dirty source
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.098 DATE/TIME OR REQUEST MADE 1.0;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 05, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the operation request was made. This information is automatically entered at the time of request. If the request date is changed, this field will be updated to reflect the new date/time
    requested.
    UNEDITABLE
1.099 SURG SCHED PERSON 1.0;10 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 1991
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person requesting or scheduling this operative procedure.
1.11 PAC(U) ADMIT SCORE 1.1;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."3N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.11 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 22, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a number between 0 and 100, 2 decimal digits.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the objective evaluation numerical score of the patient upon admission to the post anesthesia care unit.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.12 PAC(U) DISCH SCORE 1.1;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."3N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.12 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 22, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a number between 0 and 100, 2 decimal digits. Use the objective discharge criteria score.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the objective evaluation numeric score of the patient at discharge from the post anesthesia care unit.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.13 ASA CLASS 1.1;3 POINTER TO ASA CLASS FILE (#132.8) ASA CLASS(#132.8)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.13 D ^SROCON Q
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y=$S(Y["E":$P(^SRO(132.8,$E(Y)+6,0),"^",2),Y:$P(^SRO(132.8,Y,0),"^",2),1:"")
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter ASA code: Number followed by 'E' if Emergency
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Record the American Society of Anesthesiology (ASA) Physical Status Classification of the patient's present physical condition on a scale from 1-6 as it appears on the anesthesia record. Most
    likely there will be a 2nd assessment of the ASA class prior to anesthesia induction. If this is available, report this most recent assessment. The definitions are:
    ASA 1 - A normal healthy patient
    ASA 2 - A patient with mild systemic disease
    ASA 3 - A patient with severe systemic disease
    ASA 4 - A patient with severe systemic disease that is a constant
    threat to life
    ASA 5 - A moribund patient who is not expected to survive without
    the operation
    ASA 6 - A declared brain-dead patient whose organs are being
    removed for donor purposes
    ASA 6 cases should be excluded.
    Classification numbers followed by an 'E' indicate an emergency.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.14 INTRAOPERATIVE OCCURRENCES 10;0 Multiple #130.13 130.13

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 30, 1992
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to any intraoperative occurrences. If there are no occurrences, leave this field blank. 'NONE' is not an acceptable answer.
1.145 RETURNED TO SURGERY 29;0 POINTER Multiple #130.43 130.43

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the patient's return to surgery within 30 days of a prior operative procedure.
1.15 SURGEON'S DICTATION 12;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.15

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the Surgeon's dictated operation note.
1.16 POSTOP OCCURRENCE 16;0 Multiple #130.22 130.22

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to postoperative occurrences.
1.17 ADMIT PAC(U) TIME 1.1;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=12,SR130="TIME PAT OUT OR" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.17 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 09, 1998
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date/time that the patient was admitted to the post anesthesia care unit (recovery room). Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.18 PAC(U) DISCH TIME 1.1;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=1.1,SRP=7,SR130="ADMIT PAC(U) TIME" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.18 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date/time that the patient is discharged from the post anesthesia care unit (recovery room). Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Discharge from Post-Anesthesia Care Unit (DPACU): Time patient is transported out of PACU.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.19 POSTOP ANES NOTE DATE 1.1;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=3,SR130="TIME OPERATION ENDS" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=1.19 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 23, 2000
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the postoperative note is written in the patient's chart. Times entered without a date will be converted to the date of operation at that time.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
1.2 POSTOP ANES NOTE 48;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.1

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the postoperative anesthesia note for this patient.
1.21 OPERATION TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,1.21,9.2) S X1=Y(130,1.21,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,1.21,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,1.21,1),U,3),Y(130,1.21,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,1.21,1),U,2)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(TIME OPERATION ENDS,TIME OPERATION BEGAN)
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 26, 1991
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes between the operation start and end times.
1.22 ANESTH INDUCT TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,1.22,9.2) S X1=Y(130,1.22,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,1.22,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,1.22,1),U,11),Y(130,1.22,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,1.22,1),U,1)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(INDUCTION COMPLETE,ANES CARE START TIME)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the total number of minutes between the anesthesia care start and induction complete times.
1.23 ANES CARE TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,1.23,9.2) S X1=Y(130,1.23,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,1.23,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,1.23,1),U,4),Y(130,1.23,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,1.23,1),U,1)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(ANES CARE END TIME,ANES CARE START TIME)
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 20, 1984
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes between the anesthesia care start time and anesthesia care end time.
1.24 PATIENT IN OR TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,1.24,9.2) S X1=Y(130,1.24,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,1.24,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,1.24,1),U,12),Y(130,1.24,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,1.24,1),U,10)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(TIME PAT OUT OR,TIME PAT IN OR)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes the patient was in the operating room.
1.25 OR CLEAN UP TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,1.25,9.2) S X1=Y(130,1.25,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,1.25,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,1.25,1),U,14),Y(130,1.25,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,1.25,1),U,13)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(OR CLEAN END TIME,OR CLEAN START TIME)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes between the OR clean up start time and OR clean up end time.
1.26 PAC(U) TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,1.26,9.2) S X1=Y(130,1.26,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,1.26,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,1.1)):^(1.1),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,1.26,1),U,8),Y(130,1.26,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,1.26,1),U,7)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(PAC(U) DISCH TIME,ADMIT PAC(U) TIME)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes the patient spent in the PAC(U).
4 SKIN PREPPED BY (2) .1;12 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,4"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the second person performing the preop skin preparation, if appropriate.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of a second person performing skin preparation, if applicable. When entered, this information appears on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,4"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
5 SKIN PREPPED BY (3) .1;17 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,5"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person performing the preop skin preparation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the third person performing the preoperative skin preparation. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,5"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locallly selected keys.
6 ELECTROGROUND POSITION (2) .5;13 POINTER TO ELECTROGROUND POSITIONS FILE (#138) ELECTROGROUND POSITIONS(#138)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=6 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the placement of the second dispersive electrode pad.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the placement of the second dispersive electrode pad.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
7 DRESSING CONDITION 31;1 SET
  • 'D' FOR DRY;
  • 'S' FOR SEROSANGUINOUS;
  • 'SA' FOR SANGUINOUS;
  • 'N' FOR NO DRESSING;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=7 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the status of the drainage on the dressing.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the status of the drainage on the dressing. Although optional, this information may be useful in documentation of this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
8 SECOND SKIN PREP AGENT 31;2 POINTER TO SKIN PREP AGENTS FILE (#135.1) SKIN PREP AGENTS(#135.1)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=8 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 03, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the 2ND antimicrobial agent used to wash and prepare the operative site.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the SECOND antimicrobial agent used to wash and prepare the operative site. Although optional, this information may be useful in documentation of the case.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
9 TIME NURSE OUT OF OR 31;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN=.2,SRP=7,SR130="NURSE PRESENT TIME" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(DA),$D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=9 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 09, 1998
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the circulating nurse completed duties for the operative procedure and left the operating room.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
10 SCHEDULED START TIME 31;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 22, 2002
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that this operative procedure is scheduled to begin.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AM2^MUMPS
    1)= D AM2^SROXR2
    2)= D KILLAM2^SROXR2
    The AM2 cross reference on the SCHEDULED START TIME field resets the AMM cross reference for the case when the scheduled start time is edited.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
11 SCHEDULED END TIME 31;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 22, 2002
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that this operative procedure is scheduled to end.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AMM^MUMPS
    1)= D AMM^SROXR2
    2)= D KILLAMM^SROXR2
    The AMM cross reference on the SCHEDULED END TIME field sets the AMM cross reference for the case if the operating room and the scheduled start time are defined.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
12 IN OR TO ANES START COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,12,9.2) S X1=Y(130,12,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,12,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,12,1),U,1),Y(130,12,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,12,1),U,10)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(ANES CARE START TIME,TIME PAT IN OR)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes between the time anesthesia care began and time that the patient left the operating room.
13 ANES START TO OP START COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,13,9.2) S X1=Y(130,13,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,13,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,13,1),U,2),Y(130,13,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,13,1),U,1)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(TIME OPERATION BEGAN,ANES CARE START TIME)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of minutes between the time that anesthesia care started and time that the operation began.
14 IN OR TO OP START TIME COMPUTED

  • MUMPS CODE:  X ^DD(130,14,9.2) S X1=Y(130,14,2) S Y=$E(X1_"000",9,10)-$E(X_"000",9,10)*60+$E(X1_"00000",11,12)-$E(X_"00000",11,12),X2=X,X=$P(X,".",1)'=$P(X1,".",1) D ^%DTC:X S X=X*1440+Y
    9.2 = S Y(130,14,1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,.2)):^(.2),1:"") S X=$P(Y(130,14,1),U,2),Y(130,14,2)=X S X=$P(Y(130,14,1),U,10)
  • ALGORITHM:  MINUTES(TIME OPERATION BEGAN,TIME PAT IN OR)
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the time between the time the patient enters the operating room to the operation start time.
15 DATE/TIME OF DICTATION 31;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 13, 1993
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that dictation of the operative summary was completed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
17 CANCEL DATE 30;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETXR" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time on which this case was cancelled.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that the operative procedure was canceled.
18 CANCEL REASON 31;8 POINTER TO SURGERY CANCELLATION REASON FILE (#135) SURGERY CANCELLATION REASON(#135)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,4)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 02, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the reason why this scheduled case was cancelled.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the reason that this surgical case was cancelled.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,4)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ACAN^MUMPS
    1)= D CAN^SROXR4
    2)= D KCAN^SROXR4
    The ACAN cross reference on the CANCEL REASON field functions to stuff for the CANCEL REASON the default CANCELLATION AVOIDABLE (Y or N) as defined in the SURGERY CANCELLATION REASON file.  It also stuffs the CANCELLED BY
    field with the user if not already defined.
20 DIAGNOSTIC/THERAPEUTIC (Y/N) 31;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=20 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates if the anesthesia technique is an anesthesia diagnostic/ therapeutic procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
21 WAIT TIME START 31;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 28, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the start of the patient's "wait" for Surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is start of the patient's "wait" for Surgery. Typically, this is the date that the patient was notified that Surgery is needed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
22 TUBES AND DRAINS 3;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>80!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=22 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1 to 80 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the type and placement of tubes and drains during the operative process.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
23 REFERRING PHYSICIAN 18;0 Multiple #130.03 130.03

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the referring physician.
24 LOCK CASE LOCK;1 SET
  • '1' FOR LOCKED;
  • '0' FOR UNLOCKED;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 12, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This field will be equal to 1 if the case has been completed and locked, or 0 if it is still open.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether this case has been completed and locked. Locked cases can only be edited if unlocked by the Chief of Surgery or his or her designee.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AL^MUMPS
    1)= K ^SRF("AL",DA)
    2)= S ^SRF("AL",DA)=""
    The AL cross reference on the LOCK CASE field uses reverse set and kill logic to flag cases that have been locked, then unlocked.  The cross reference for the case is set when the field is deleted and is killed when the
    field is set.
25 DISCHARGED VIA .7;4 POINTER TO SURGERY TRANSPORTATION DEVICES FILE (#131.01) SURGERY TRANSPORTATION DEVICES(#131.01)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=25 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 02, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the mode of transport used to take patient from the care area.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the code corresponding to the mode of transport used to move the patient from the care area.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$P(^(0),U,3)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive entries.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
26 PRINCIPAL PROCEDURE OP;1 FREE TEXT
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>135!($L(X)<3) X D:$D(X) PROC^SROPROC,PCPTASO^SROADX2(0) K:$G(X)="" X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 15, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 3-135 characters in length and must not contain an up-arrow (^).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the principal procedure for this case. All cases must have a principal procedure.
    The principal procedure must be 3 to 135 characters in length. The procedure name must not contain a semicolon (;), an at-sign (@), an up- arrow (^) or control characters. If the procedure name is longer than 30
    characters, it must contain at least one space in every 31 characters of length. If a comma is being used to separate information, a space should follow the comma.
    NSQIP Definition (2004): The most complex of all the procedures by the primary operating team during this trip to the operating room. Your answer must be at least 3 characters in length. Do not enter an additional
    procedure if it is covered by a single CPT code. (Note that a single CPT code can cover more than one procedure, e.g., cholecystectomy and common bile duct exploration have a single CPT code). Additional procedures
    requiring separate CPT codes and/or concurrent procedures will be entered separately below. An exploratory laparotomy should be entered as the principal operative procedure only when no other procedure eligible for
    assessment has been performed in that particular surgical case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
27 PLANNED PRIN PROCEDURE CODE OP;2 POINTER TO CPT FILE (#81) CPT(#81)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D IN^SROCPT S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROCPT($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X D PCPTASO^SROADX2(1) K:$G(X)="" X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  D DISPLAY^SROCPT
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the planned CPT code for the principal procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) code corresponding with the planned principal procedure. A CPT modifier on the CPT code may be included by appending the modifier to the CPT code separated by a hyphen in
    the format "XXXXX-YY" where "XXXXX" is the five character CPT code and "YY" is the two character CPT modifier.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROCPT($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen out Inactive Codes
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ACPT^MUMPS
    1)= D SPRIN^SROMOD
    2)= D KPRIN^SROMOD
    This MUMPS cross reference provides for updating CPT modifiers for the principal procedure code.  CPT modifiers for the PRINCIPAL PROCEDURE CODE field (#27) are stored in the PRIN. PROCEDURE CPT MODIFIER field (#.01) of
    the PRIN. PROCEDURE CPT MODIFIER multiple field (#28) in SURGERY file (#130).
    After selecting a CPT code, this cross reference prompts the user for a CPT modifier.  If a CPT modifier was entered concatenated with a hyphen to the CPT code, this CPT modifier is displayed as a default modifier. Upon
    entering a CPT modifier, the user is prompted for another CPT modifier until the user makes a null entry. CPT modifier input is controlled by the input transform on the PRIN. PROCEDURE CPT MODIFIER field (#28). At the CPT
    modifier prompt, the user may to enter a question mark (?) to see a list of CPT modifiers already entered and a list of acceptable CPT modifiers to choose from.  If the user selects a modifier already entered, the user may
    change or delete the modifier.  If a user enters a new CPT code, replacing a previously entered CPT code, KILL logic on the ACPT cross reference deletes any previously entered CPT modifiers for the old CPT code before the
    SET logic prompts the user to enter CPT modifiers for the new CPT code.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
27.5 PRIN ASSOC DIAGNOSIS PADX;0 Multiple #130.275 130.275

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This Surgery sub-file is used to store the Procedure/Diagnosis association data.
28 PRIN. PROCEDURE CPT MODIFIER OPMOD;0 POINTER Multiple #130.028 130.028

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 23, 1999
  • INDEXED BY:  PRIN. PROCEDURE CPT MODIFIER (AC)
29 *PROCEDURE COMPLETED OP;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 17, 1987
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the principal operative procedure was completed.
    This field has been marked for deletion.
30 OTHER SCRUBBED ASSISTANTS 28;0 POINTER Multiple #130.23 130.23

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information about other persons in the operating room in addition to those already listed as scrubbed.
31 OTHER PERSONS IN OR 32;0 Multiple #130.24 130.24

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to other persons, not scrubbed or otherwise identified, present in the operating room.
32 PRINCIPAL PRE-OP DIAGNOSIS 33;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) DIAG^SROUTL,PRINASO^SROADX2(0)
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 06, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 1 to 40 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the preoperative diagnosis for which the surgical procedure is being performed.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I 1 D EN^DDIOL("The PRINCIPAL PRE-OP DIAGNOSIS can't be deleted.",,"!!,?2")
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^130^34
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,34)):^(34),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV X ^DD(130,32,1,1,1.4)
    1.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^SRF(DIV(0),34)):^(34),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(34)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=130,DIG=34 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,34)):^(34),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1),X=X S DIU=X K Y X ^DD(130,32,1,1,2.1) X ^DD(130,32,1,1,2.4)
    2.1)= S X=DIV S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,33)):^(33),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,1)
    2.4)= S DIH=$S($D(^SRF(DIV(0),34)):^(34),1:""),DIV=X S %=$P(DIH,U,2,999),DIU=$P(DIH,U,1),^(34)=DIV_$S(%]"":U_%,1:""),DIH=130,DIG=34 D ^DICR:$O(^DD(DIH,DIG,1,0))>0
    CREATE VALUE)= PRINCIPAL PRE
    DELETE VALUE)= PRINCIPAL PRE
    FIELD)= PRINCIPAL PO
    This trigger on the PRINCIPAL PRE-OP DIAGNOSIS field stuffs the PRINCIPAL POST-OP DIAGNOSIS field with what is entered as the PRINCIPAL PRE-OP DIAGNOSIS.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^DADX1^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= D DELASOC^SROADX2
    This cross reference removes associations from diagnosis being deleted.
32.5 PRIN PRE-OP ICD DIAGNOSIS CODE 34;3 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),""^"",9)'=1" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 06, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis code for the principal Pre-OP diagnosis..
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the principal Pre-OP ICD diagnosis code.  It should be entered for all cases.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^(0),""^"",9)'=1"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AM^MUMPS
    1)= S $P(^SRF(DA,34),"^",2)=X
    2)= Q
    This cross reference stuffs the current value of the PRIN PRE-OP ICD DIAGNOSIS CODE field (#32.5) into the PRIN DIAGNOSIS CODE field (#66).
33 PRINCIPAL DIAGNOSIS 33;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) DIAG^SROUTL,PRINASO^SROADX2(0) K:$G(X)="" X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 06, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-40 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the principal diagnosis for which the non-OR procedure is being performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^PADX1^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= D PRINASOD^SROADX2
    THIS CROSS REFERENCE REMOVES ASSOCIATIONS TO PROCEDURES UPON EDITS OR DELETES OF THE DIAGNOSIS.
34 PRINCIPAL POST-OP DIAG 34;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>40!($L(X)<1) X D:$D(X) DIAG^SROUTL,PRINASO^SROADX2(0) K:$G(X)="" X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 06, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 1 to 40 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the principal postoperative diagnosis.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
    TRIGGERED by the PRINCIPAL PRE-OP DIAGNOSIS field of the SURGERY File
35 CONCURRENT CASE CON;1 POINTER TO SURGERY FILE (#130) SURGERY(#130)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): An additional operative procedure performed by a different surgical team (i.e., a different specialty/service) under the same anesthetic which has a CPT code different from that of the Principal
    Operative Procedure (e.g., fixation of a femur fracture in a patient undergoing a laparotomy for trauma). This field should be verified and, if need be, edited postoperatively by the Nurse Reviewer in accordance with the
    official operating room log.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AD (#116)
36 REQUESTED REQ;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>1)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 15, 1987
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter '1' if this case has been requested.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether this case was requested.
37 ESTIMATED CASE LENGTH .4;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>7!($L(X)<1)!'(X?.N1":"2N)!($P(X,":",2)>59) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the estimated amount of time to perform this procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the amount of time estimated to perform this operative procedure. Your answer should be in the format of "HOURS:MINUTES". For example, if the procedure will last 2 and 1/2 hours, your answer would be 2:30.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  
    This field may be stuffed with an answer by using the routine ^SRSAVG.  The routine ^SRSAVG calculates the average length of time based on information from previous cases using the surgical specialty and CPT Code.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
38 REQUEST BLOOD AVAILABILITY 0;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 30, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if you want to request blood for this procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether blood will be requested for this surgical procedure. Enter 'YES' if blood will be requested. Otherwise, enter 'NO'.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field determines whether blood will be requested. If answered 'YES', you will then be prompted for the fields CROSSMATCH, SCREEN, OR AUTOLOGOUS, and REQUESTED BLOOD KIND.
39 DATE OF TRANSCRIPTION 31;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 14, 1988
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date and time that transcription of the operative summary was completed.
40 CROSSMATCH, SCREEN, AUTOLOGOUS 0;13 SET
  • 'T' FOR TYPE & CROSSMATCH;
  • 'S' FOR SCREEN;
  • 'A' FOR AUTOLOGOUS;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 30, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter whether the blood requested is type and crossmatched, screened, or autologous.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the requested blood will be typed and crossmatched, screened, or autologous.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This will determine whether the requested blood is screened, type and crossmatched, or autologous. If Typed and crossmsatched, you will then be prompted for the requested blood kind and units.
41 DRESSING 35;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>50!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=41 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the dressing(s) used for this case. Answer must be 1-50 characters long.
  • DESCRIPTION:  These are the dressing(s) used for this case. Although optional, this information may be useful in documentation of this case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
42 DELAY CAUSE 17;0 POINTER Multiple #130.042 130.042

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is information related to the reason why this case did not begin at its scheduled start time.
43 CASE VERIFICATION VER;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 14, 1988
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the principal operative procedure, CPT code, perioperative occurrences and diagnosis were verified by the surgeon.
44 SPONGE COUNT CORRECT (Y/N) 25;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO, SEE NURSING CARE COMMENTS;
  • 'N/A' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 30, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the final sponge count is correct.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the final sponge count was correct. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
45 SHARPS COUNT CORRECT (Y/N) 25;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO, SEE NURSING CARE COMMENTS;
  • 'N/A' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 30, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the final sharps count is correct.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the final sharps count was correct. If entered, this information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report. The type of information entered in this field is determined by local hospital
    policy.
46 INSTRUMENT COUNT CORRECT (Y/N) 25;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO, SEE NURSING CARE COMMENTS;
  • 'N/A' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 30, 1989
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if the final instrument count is correct.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether the final instrument count was correct for this case. This information appears on the Nurse Intraoperative Report. The type of information entered in this field is determined by local hospital
    policy.
47 SPONGE, SHARPS, & INST COUNTER 25;4 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,47"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person doing the final counts.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person doing the final count of sponges, sharps and instruments. If entered, this information appears on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,47"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
48 COUNT VERIFIER 25;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,48"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person verifying the final counts.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person responsible for verifying the final sponge, sharps and instrument counts.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,48"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
49 SPECIMENS 9;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.049

  • DESCRIPTION:  These are the names of specimens sent to the lab for analysis.
50 DIVISION 8;1 POINTER TO INSTITUTION FILE (#4) INSTITUTION(#4)

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the institution credited for performing this operative procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
51 PREOP ATTENDING CONCURRENCE 24;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field serves as a flag that the attending has concurred with the preoperative workup.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
52 POSTOP ATTENDING CONCURRENCE 24;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field serves as a flag that the attending concurs with the postoperative workup.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
53 NON-OPERATIVE OCCURRENCES 36;0 Multiple #130.053 130.053

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 26, 1995
  • DESCRIPTION:  These are occurrences that are not related to a surgical procedure. If there are not any non-operative occurrences, leave this field blank. Do not enter 'NO' or 'NONE'.
54 OCCURRENCE/NO PROCEDURE 37;1 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 18, 1988
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates that this case was a occurrence, not related to a surgical procedure.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ANON^MUMPS
    1)= S ^SRF("ANON",$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^"),DA)=""
    2)= K ^SRF("ANON",$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^"),DA)
    The ANON cross reference on the OCCURRENCE/NO PROCEDURE field is used to flag cases that have non-operative occurrences entered.
55 INDICATIONS FOR OPERATIONS 40;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.055

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is a brief statement of the indications for this operative procedure. The information you enter here prints automatically as the first part of the operative summary.
56 PRE-ADMISSION TESTING 35;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=56 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer 'YES' if pre-admission testing was complete.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This indicates whether pre-admission testing was complete. It will be reflected on the Schedule of Operations for outpatients.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
57 ESU COAG RANGE .7;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=57 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the power setting range on the Electrosurgical Unit during coagulation. This information is optional, but may be useful in documenting the case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
58 ESU CUTTING RANGE .7;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=58 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the power setting range on the Electrosurgical Unit during cutting. This information is optional, but may be useful in documenting the case.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
59 OPERATIVE FINDINGS 38;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.059

  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains a brief description of the operative findings which appears on the Tissue Examination Report.
60 BRIEF CLIN HISTORY 39;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.09

  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains a brief clinical history for this patient. It will appear on the Tissue Examination Report.
61 DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS CONFIRM BY .6;11 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,61"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 06, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person verifying diagnostic procedure requirements.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person responsible for verifying that the essential diagnostic procedure requirements, as per medical center policy, are available.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,61"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
62 GASTRIC OUTPUT .2;6 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$D(^SRF(DA,"CON")),$P(^("CON"),"^") S SRFLD=62 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 23, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter a Number between 0 and 9999, 0 Decimal Digits.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the gastric output during the operative procedure. It is recorded in cc's, and appears on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
63 IV STARTED BY .3;5 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,63"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Person who Started the IV.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person that started the IV for this operative procedure.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,63"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
64 CULTURES 41;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.064

  • DESCRIPTION:  These are the names of cultures sent to the laboratory for examination.
65 SURGERY POSITION 42;0 POINTER Multiple #130.065 130.065

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the position in which the patient is placed for this operative procedure. This information will appear on the Nurse Intraoperative Report.
66 PLANNED PRIN DIAGNOSIS CODE 34;2 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the planned ICD Diagnosis code for the principal diagnosis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the planned principal postoperative ICD9 diagnosis code assigned by the clinician.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I 1 D EN^DDIOL("The PRIN DIAGNOSIS CODE can't be deleted.",,"!!,?2")
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^PADX1^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= D PRINASOD^SROADX2
    This MUMPS cross reference removes associations to procedures upon edits or deletes of the diagnosis.
67 CANCELLATION AVOIDABLE 30;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 09, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this cancellation was avoidable, or 'NO' if it was unavoidable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains a set of codes used to flag a cancellation as being avoidable or unavoidable. It is used when determining the percentage of avoidable cancellations.
68 SCHEDULED PROCEDURE SP;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>135!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 13, 1990
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 1-135 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field contains the scheduled (or original) principal procedure for this case. It will be compared to the actual procedure completed.
69 CODING VERIFIER VER;2 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 24, 1998
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person entering the CPT and ICD9 codes for this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the person who last updated procedure and/or diagnosis descriptions and/or codes for this case using the Update/Verify Procedure/Diagnosis Codes [SRCODING EDIT] option. This field is updated automatically by the
    option when information is changed.
70 CANCELLED BY 30;3 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the person who cancelled this operative procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the name of the person who cancelled this surgical case. This information is automatically entered when a case is cancelled.
71 TIME OUT VERIFIED VER;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO (see TIME OUT VERIFIED COMMENTS);

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 23, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the "Time Out" verification process was completed prior to the start of the procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field refers to the completion of a "Time Out" verification process prior to the start of the procedure. A designated member of the OR team states the name of the patient, the procedure to be performed, the location
    of the site (including laterality if applicable), and the specifications of the implant to be used (if applicable).  At a minimum, this process must include the surgeon the circulating nurse, and the anesthesia provider.
    This practice is further defined by local hospital policy.
    If entered "NO", a justification should be documented in the Time Out Verified Comments.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AIN^MUMPS
    1)= D IN^SRENSCS
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference maintains the associated comment field if this field is answered with "NO".
  • FIELD INDEX:  AG (#436) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr:  Timestamp fields update
    Description:  Automatically capture the timestamp fields when the corresponding field is entered or changed.
    Set Logic:  N I S (X,I)=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) S X=1 Q
    Set Cond:  N I S I=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) D NOW^%DTC S $P(^SRF(DA,"VERD"),"^",I+2)=%
    Kill Logic:  N I S (X,I)=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) S X=1 Q
    Kill Cond:  N I S I=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) D NOW^%DTC S $P(^SRF(DA,"VERD"),"^",I+2)=%
    X(1):  TIME OUT VERIFIED  (130,71)  (forwards)
    X(2):  PREOPERATIVE IMAGING CONFIRMED  (130,72)  (forwards)
    X(3):  MARKED SITE CONFIRMED  (130,73)  (forwards)
72 PREOPERATIVE IMAGING CONFIRMED VER;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'I' FOR IMAGING NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROCEDURE;
  • 'N' FOR NO - IMAGING REQUIRED BUT NOT VIEWED (see IMAGING CONFIRMED COMMENTS);

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the imaging data was confirmed, "I" if there was no imaging required, or "NO" if the image was not viewed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field refers to the completion of the verification process for the presence of relevant imaging data to confirm the operative site for the correct patient are available, properly labeled and properly presented, and
    verified by two members of the operating team prior to the start of the procedure.
    This practice is further defined by local hospital policy.
    If entered "NO", a justification should be documented in the Imaging Confirmed Comments.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AIN^MUMPS
    1)= D IN^SRENSCS
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference maintains the associated comment field if this field is answered with "NO".
  • FIELD INDEX:  AG (#436) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr:  Timestamp fields update
    Description:  Automatically capture the timestamp fields when the corresponding field is entered or changed.
    Set Logic:  N I S (X,I)=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) S X=1 Q
    Set Cond:  N I S I=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) D NOW^%DTC S $P(^SRF(DA,"VERD"),"^",I+2)=%
    Kill Logic:  N I S (X,I)=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) S X=1 Q
    Kill Cond:  N I S I=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) D NOW^%DTC S $P(^SRF(DA,"VERD"),"^",I+2)=%
    X(1):  TIME OUT VERIFIED  (130,71)  (forwards)
    X(2):  PREOPERATIVE IMAGING CONFIRMED  (130,72)  (forwards)
    X(3):  MARKED SITE CONFIRMED  (130,73)  (forwards)
73 MARKED SITE CONFIRMED VER;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'M' FOR MARKING NOT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROCEDURE;
  • 'N' FOR NO - MARKING REQUIRED BUT NOT DONE (see MARKED SITE COMMENTS);

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the "Marked Site" confirmation process was completed prior to the start of the procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  The site can and must be marked in almost all cases. Mucous membranes and other sites not on the skin cannot be marked using standard methods and do not need to be. See applicable VHA Handbooks and Directives for further
    information and guidance.
    If entered "NO", a justification should be documented in the Marked Site Comments.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AIN^MUMPS
    1)= D IN^SRENSCS
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference maintains the associated comment field if this field is answered with "NO".
  • FIELD INDEX:  AG (#436) MUMPS IR ACTION
    Short Descr:  Timestamp fields update
    Description:  Automatically capture the timestamp fields when the corresponding field is entered or changed.
    Set Logic:  N I S (X,I)=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) S X=1 Q
    Set Cond:  N I S I=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) D NOW^%DTC S $P(^SRF(DA,"VERD"),"^",I+2)=%
    Kill Logic:  N I S (X,I)=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) S X=1 Q
    Kill Cond:  N I S I=0 F  S I=$O(X1(I)) Q:'I  I X1(I)'=X2(I) D NOW^%DTC S $P(^SRF(DA,"VERD"),"^",I+2)=%
    X(1):  TIME OUT VERIFIED  (130,71)  (forwards)
    X(2):  PREOPERATIVE IMAGING CONFIRMED  (130,72)  (forwards)
    X(3):  MARKED SITE CONFIRMED  (130,73)  (forwards)
75 TOV TIMESTAMP VERD;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EST" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  (No range limit on date)
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is updated whenever the TIME OUT VERIFIED field (#71) is entered or changed.
    WRITE AUTHORITY:  ^
    UNEDITABLE
76 IMAG TIMESTAMP VERD;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EST" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  (No range limit on date)
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is updated whenever the PREOPERATIVE IMAGING CONFIRMED field (#72) is entered or changed.
    WRITE AUTHORITY:  ^
    UNEDITABLE
77 SITE MARK TIMESTAMP VERD;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EST" D ^%DT S X=Y K:X<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 04, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  (No range limit on date)
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is updated whenever the MARKED SITE CONFIRMED field (#73) is entered or changed.
    WRITE AUTHORITY:  ^
    UNEDITABLE
80 SPD COMMENTS 80;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.8

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This word-processing field contains any information for SPD that cannot be entered elsewhere.  These comments will be sent to SPD via the Surgery/CoreFLS interface.
81 DYNAMED NOTIFIED 31;10 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 27, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if notification has been sent to DynaMed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  YES indicates at least one notification has been sent to DynaMed by way of the CoreFLS interface. A null value or zero indicates no notification has been sent. The first notification sent to DynaMed will be a NEW
    APPOINTMENT notification. Subsequent notifications will be for edit, cancel or delete notifications, as appropriate.
82 TIME OUT VERIFIED COMMENTS 82;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.082

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 29, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This word-processing field contains comments related to the TIME OUT VERIFIED field. The information entered in this field clarifies entry that is entered as "NO".
83 IMAGING CONFIRMED COMMENTS 83;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.083

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This word-processing field contains comments related to the PREOPERATIVE IMAGING CONFIRMED field. The information entered in this field clarifies entry that is entered as "NO".
84 MARKED SITE COMMENTS 84;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.084

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 28, 2004
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This word-processing field contains comments related to the MARKED SITE CONFIRMED field. The information entered in this field clarifies entry that is entered as "NO".
100 ORDER NUMBER 0;14 POINTER TO ORDER FILE (#100) ORDER(#100)

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 28, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Order number for ues within the OE/RR module.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the pointer to the ORDER file (100). It will be created when a case is requested.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This is the pointer to the ORDER file (100). It is contained in the 14th piece of the zero node.
101 STAFF/RESIDENT .1;3 SET
  • 'R' FOR RESIDENT;
  • 'S' FOR STAFF;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 15, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'R' if the surgeon for this case was a resident, or 'S' if the surgeon was staff.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the surgeon was a resident or staff. It will be used for categorizing procedures in the Annual Report of Surgical Procedures.
  • TECHNICAL DESCR:  This field is automatically entered based on the SR STAFF SURGEON security key.
102 REASON FOR NO ASSESSMENT RA;7 SET
  • '0' FOR NON-SURGEON CASE;
  • '1' FOR ANESTHESIA TYPE;
  • '2' FOR EXCEEDS MAX ASSMNTS;
  • '3' FOR EXCEEDS MAX TURPS;
  • '4' FOR STUDY CRITERIA;
  • '5' FOR PREVIOUS CASE;
  • '6' FOR SCNR ON A/L;
  • '7' FOR PRIOR INDEX PROC;
  • '8' FOR CONCURRENT CASE;
  • '9' FOR EXCEEDS MAX HERNIAS;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 23, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the reason why no assessment was done on this surgical case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the reason why no assessment was entered for this particular surgical case. It should be entered if any major procedure was excluded from the risk assessment module.
    0 - Non-surgeon performed the procedure
    2 - Number of surgical cases entered into the Surgical Risk Study
    exceeded 36 over an 8 day time frame
    3 - Number of TURPs or TURBTs exceeded 5 cases over an 8 day time
    frame
    4 - Study exclusion criteria prohibits patient entry
    6 - Surgical Clinical Nurse Reviewer was on Annual Leave
    8 - Case was a concurrent case, secondary to an assessed primary case
    9 - Number of hernias exceeded 5 cases over an 8 day time frame
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I ""157""'[Y"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive codes.
103 ANESTHETIST CATEGORY .3;8 SET
  • 'A' FOR ANESTHESIOLOGIST;
  • 'N' FOR NURSE ANESTHETIST;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 05, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code corresponding to the category of the principal anesthetist for this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field holds the category of the principal anesthetist which is used on the Anesthesia AMIS report to enumerate the number of anesthetics administered by each category.
118 NON-OR PROCEDURE NON;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 22, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' is this case is a non-OR procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field is a flag signifying this case is a non-OR surgical procedure.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ANOR^MUMPS
    1)= S ^SRF("ANOR",$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^"),DA)=""
    2)= K ^SRF("ANOR",$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^"),DA)
    The ANOR cross reference on the NON-OR PROCEDURE field is used to flag cases as non-O.R. procedures.
119 NON-OR LOCATION NON;2 POINTER TO HOSPITAL LOCATION FILE (#44) HOSPITAL LOCATION(#44)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$NONORDIV^SROUTL0(DA,+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the non-OR location (file 44) where this procedure was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the location (file 44) where this non-OR procedure was performed.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$NONORDIV^SROUTL0(DA,+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  This screen checks inactivation and reactivation dates as well as the institution field for multi-division hospitals.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE9^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
120 DATE OF PROCEDURE NON;3 DATE
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 19, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the non-OR procedure was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the non-OR procedure was performed.  The date of procedure must be entered for all non-OR cases.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  ^^TRIGGER^130^.09
    1)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X=DIV S X=DIV S DIH=$S($D(^SRF(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,9)=DIV,DIH=130,DIG=.09 D ^DICR
    2)= K DIV S DIV=X,D0=DA,DIV(0)=D0 S Y(1)=$S($D(^SRF(D0,0)):^(0),1:"") S X=$P(Y(1),U,9),X=X S DIU=X K Y S X="" S DIH=$S($D(^SRF(DIV(0),0)):^(0),1:""),DIV=X S $P(^(0),U,9)=DIV,DIH=130,DIG=.09 D ^DICR
    CREATE VALUE)= DATE OF PROCEDURE
    DELETE VALUE)= @
    FIELD)= DATE OF OPERATION
    This trigger on the DATE OF PROCEDURE field is used to update the DATE OF OPERATION field when the date of procedure is entered or edited.  The DATE OF PROCEDURE field is used with non-O.R. procedures, and the DATE OF
    OPERATION field is updated to assist in sorting cases for reports.
121 TIME PROCEDURE BEGAN NON;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S Z=$E($P(^SRF(DA,"NON"),U,3),1,7) D TIME^SROVAR K:Y<1!(X'[".") X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time of the start of the non-OR procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date and time that the non-OR procedure began.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AST^MUMPS
    1)= D AST^SRONXR
    2)= D KILLAST^SRONXR
    The AST cross reference on the TIME PROCEDURE BEGAN field updates the ANES CARE START TIME if the non-O.R. procedure is an Anesthesiology procedure, that is, if the case is assigned to the Anesthesiology Medical Specialty.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE10^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ADA^MUMPS
    1)= D VALIDAT^SROCVER
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross-reference on the TIME PROCEDURE BEGAN field is used to invoke the CPT and ICD-9 codes revalidation checks in routine ^SROCVER.
122 TIME PROCEDURE ENDED NON;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S SRN="NON",SRP=4,SR130="TIME PROCEDURE BEGAN" D TERM^SROVAR K:Y<1 X I $D(X) D ATTP^SROUTL1
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the time that the non-OR procedure was completed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date and time that all the procedures for this non-OR case are complete.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I $$DEL^SROESX(DA,"3") D EN^DDIOL("The TIME PROCEDURE ENDED field can't be deleted. This case has a Procedure Report associated with it.",,"!,?2")
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AND^MUMPS
    1)= D AND^SRONXR
    2)= D KILLAND^SRONXR
    The AND cross reference on the TIME PROCEDURE ENDED field updates the ANES CARE END TIME if the non-O.R. procedure is assigned to the Anesthesiology Medical Specialty.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE11^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AESP (#444)
123 PROVIDER NON;6 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200)
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************
NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,123"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the privileged person who performs the major portion of the principle procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the person who performs the major portion of the principal non-OR procedure.  This field is required for several reports.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,123"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Entries in this field may be restricted based on locally selected keys.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE12^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ATTP^MUMPS
    1)= D ATTP^SROXR1
    2)= D KATTP^SROXR1
    This cross reference updates the ATTEND PROVIDER field with the PROVIDER if the SURGERY RESIDENTS (Y/N) site parameter is NO.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES2 (#437) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Update TIU when provider is changed.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for updating the AUTHOR/DICTATOR field (#1202) and the EXPECTED SIGNER field (#1204) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for the Procedure Report (Non-OR) when the provider is edited.
    Set Logic:  D SET^SROESX0
    Set Cond:  S X=X1(1)'=X2(1)
    Kill Logic:  Q
    Kill Cond:  S X=0
    X(1):  PROVIDER  (130,123)  (forwards)
124 ATTEND PROVIDER NON;7 POINTER TO NEW PERSON FILE (#200) NEW PERSON(#200)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,124"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 31, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the name of the attending staff provider. This is required when the provider is in training status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the name of the attending staff provider responsible for this case.  This information appears on several reports.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="S RESTRICT=""130,124"" D KEY^SROXPR I $D(SROK)"
  • EXPLANATION:  This field contains a screen which may be used to restrict entries based on locally defined keys.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I $P($G(^SRF(DA,"NON")),"^",5) D EN^DDIOL("The Attending Provider cannot be deleted on a completed non-OR procedure! ",,"!!,?2")
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^APCE13^MUMPS
    1)= D APCE^SROPCEX
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference updates PCE.
  • FIELD INDEX:  AES4 (#439) MUMPS ACTION
    Short Descr:  Update TIU when attending provider is changed.
    Description:  This cross reference is responsible for updating the EXPECTED COSIGNER field (#1208) and the ATTENDING PHYSICIAN field (#1209) in the TIU DOCUMENT file (#8925) for the Procedure Report (Non-OR) when the attending provider
    is edited.
    Set Logic:  D SET1^SROESX0
    Set Cond:  S X=((X1(1)'=X2(1))&(X2(1)'=""))
    Kill Logic:  D SET1^SROESX0
    Kill Cond:  S X=X2(1)=""
    X(1):  ATTEND PROVIDER  (130,124)  (forwards)
125 MEDICAL SPECIALTY NON;8 POINTER ** TO AN UNDEFINED FILE **
************************REQUIRED FIELD************************

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 03, 1993
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the assigned medical specialty of the provider.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the medical specialty credited for doing this non-OR procedure.
    Many reports are sorted by the medical specialty.  This field should be
    entered prior to completion of this non-OR procedure.
126 PROCEDURE OCCURRENCE 43;0 Multiple #130.0126 130.0126

  • DESCRIPTION:  This is a occurrence that is related to a non-O.R. procedure. If there are not any non-O.R. procedure occurrences, this field should be left blank. Do not enter 'NO' or 'NONE'.
127 SEQUENTIAL COMPRESSION DEVICE .7;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 22, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if a sequential compression device was used.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether a sequential compression device was used.
128 LASER TYPE .7;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>30!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 25, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 1-30 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether a laser was used during this procedure. If applicable, enter the type of laser used during this surgical procedure.
129 LASER UNIT 44;0 Multiple #130.0129 130.0129

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    These are the laser units, if any, used during this procedure.
130 CELL SAVER 45;0 Multiple #130.013 130.013

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    These are the cell savers, if any, used during this procedure.
131 DEVICE(S) 46;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>70!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 05, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-70 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field documents devices used in this procedure that are not documented elsewhere.
200 OPERATIONS THIS ADMISSION 200;51 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X=NYUK K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 12, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the total number of operations prior to the index procedure for this hospital admission.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the total number of surgical procedures, prior to the index or principal operation, which required the patient to be taken to the operating room for any type of surgical intervention during this hospital admission.
    Include all procedures whether or not they are part of the inclusion/exclusion criteria.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
201 REDO PROCEDURE 200;53 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 03, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  If this was a return to surgery to re-do a procedure, enter 'YES'.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This determines whether the principal operative procedure was a reoperation in the same anatomic location for the same purpose as the first operation regardless of the length of time from the original surgical date.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""NS"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen limits selection to Phase III choices.
202 CURRENT SMOKER 200;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 23, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code (YES or NO) describing the patient's status as a smoker prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2006): If the patient has smoked cigarettes in the year prior to admission for surgery enter YES. Do not include patients who smoke cigars or pipes or use chewing tobacco.
202.1 PACK/YEARS 208;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>200)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a Number between 0 and 200, 1 Decimal Digit.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): If the patient has ever been a smoker, enter the total number of pack/years of smoking for this patient. Pack-years are defined as the number of packs of cigarettes smoked per day times the number
    of years the patient has smoked. If the patient has never been a smoker, enter "0". If pack-years are >200, just enter 200. If smoking history cannot be determined, enter "NS". The possible range for number of pack-years
    is 0 to 200. If the chart documents differing values for pack year cigarette history, or ranges for either packs/day or number of years patient has smoked, select the highest value documented, unless you are confident in a
    particular documenter's assessment (e.g., preoperative anesthesia evaluation often includes a more accurate assessment of this value because of the impact it may have on the patient's response to anesthesia).
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
203 HISTORY OF COPD 200;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a defined condition of COPD.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (such as emphysema and/or chronic bronchitis) resulting in any one or more of the following:
    - Functional disability from COPD (e.g., dyspnea, inability to perform
    ADLs)
    - Hospitalization in the past for treatment of COPD
    - Requires chronic bronchodilator therapy with oral or inhaled agents
    (see list of bronchodilators below)
    - An FEV1 of <75% of predicted on pulmonary function testing
    Do not include patients whose only pulmonary disease is acute asthma, an acute and chronic inflammatory disease of the airways resulting in bronchospasm. Do not include patients with diffuse interstitial fibrosis or
    sarcoidosis.
    (This list may not be all-inclusive. Please check your hospital formulary)
    Bronchodilators
    Trade Name (Generic)
    --------------------
    Atrovent (Ipratropium)
    Combivent, Duoneb (Ipratropium/Albuterol)
    Alupent, Metaprel (Metaproterenol)
    Maxair (Pirbuterol)
    Serevent (Salmeterol)
    Ventolin, Accuneb, Vospire, Proventil, Volmax (Albuterol)
    Uniphyll, Theo-Dur, Uni-Dur (Theophylline)
    Xopenex (Levalbuterol)
    Brethine (Terbutaline)
    Lufyllin (Dyphylline)
    Spiriva (Tiotropium bromide)
    Foradil (Formoterol fumarate)
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient has chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) resulting in functional disability, and/or hospitalization, and/or requiring chronic bronchodilator therapy, and/or an FEV1
    of less than 75% of predicted.
204 VENTILATOR DEPENDENT 200;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient was dependent on a ventilator at any time within the 48 hours prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): A preoperative patient requiring ventilator-assisted respirations at any time during the 48 hours preceding surgery. This does not include the treatment of sleep apnea with CPAP.
205 PRIOR MI 206;14 SET
  • '0' FOR NONE;
  • '1' FOR LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 7 DAYS PRIOR TO SURGERY;
  • '2' FOR GREATER THAN 7 DAYS PRIOR TO SURGERY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the category that most accurately reflects the patient's most recent Myocardial Infarction.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a history of non-Q wave or Q wave myocardial infarction as diagnosed in his or her medical records. Select the appropriate category.
206 VASCULAR (Y/N) 200;40 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has any vascular problems or disease.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has any vascular problems.
207 CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE 206;19 SET
  • 'I' FOR CARDIAC DISEASE, NO LIMITATION;
  • 'II' FOR SLIGHT LIMITATION;
  • 'III' FOR MARKED LIMITATION;
  • 'IV' FOR SYMPTOMS AT REST;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 20, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the NYHA Class associated with the severity of Congestive Heart Failure in the 30 days preceding surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2007): Indicate whether the patient has congestive heart failure if the patient chart or patient self-report indicates a history of congestive heart failure within the 30 days before surgery. Congestive
    heart failure is defined as the inability of the heart to pump a sufficient quantity of blood to meet the metabolic needs of the body or can do so only at increased ventricular filling pressure. Common manifestations are
    identified:
    From the history:
    1) Abnormal limitation in exercise tolerance due to dyspnea, fatigue
    or angina.
    2) Orthopnea (dyspnea on lying supine).
    3) Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea (PND) - awakening from sleep with
    dyspnea which is relieved by assuming an upright posture).
    From the physical examination:
    4) Increased jugular venous pressure.
    5) Pulmonary rales on physical examination.
    From the chest x-ray:
    6) Cardiomegaly, and
    7) Pulmonary vascular engorgement.
    The New York Heart Association functional classification is commonly used as a subjective assessment of the severity of congestive heart failure. If none of the above manifestations have been present, or congestive heart
    failure is not mentioned as an active problem in the 30 days before surgery, indicate Class I. Any mention of above manifestations requires the indication of a stage other than Class I.  Indicate the one most appropriate
    response:
    Class I - cardiac disease, but no symptoms of abnormal fatigue, dyspnea or angina.
    Class II - slight limitation of physical activity by fatigue, dyspnea, or angina. The patient gets unusual fatigue, dyspnea, and/or angina only upon performing more strenuous activities, such as climbing two or more
    flights of stairs without stopping.
    Class III - marked limitation of physical activity by fatigue, dyspnea, or angina. The patient gets unusual fatigue, dyspnea, and/or angina upon performing ordinary activities, such as walking several blocks or climbing a
    flight of stairs.
    Class IV - symptoms at rest and/or inability to carry out any physical activity without symptoms of fatigue, dyspnea or angina. The patient has symptoms of unusual fatigue, dyspnea, and/or angina at rest or when performing
    minimal activity, such as walking across the room.
208 HYPERTENSION REQUIRING MEDS 200;36 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 01, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a history of hypertension requiring medications.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The patient has a persistent elevation of systolic blood pressure >140 mm Hg or a diastolic blood pressure >90 mm Hg or requires an antihypertensive treatment (e.g., diuretics, beta blockers, ACE
    inhibitors, calcium channel blockers) at the time the patient is being considered as a candidate for surgery which should be no longer than 30 days prior to surgery. Hypertension must be documented in the patient's chart.
209 CARDIOMEGALY 206;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 20, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if there is cardiac enlargement on chest x-ray.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient has generalized cardiac enlargement of any or all of the cardiac chambers by standard or portable chest x-ray within 30 days preceding surgery.
210 CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM (Y/N) 200;18 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has a history of illnesses related to the central nervous system.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a history of illness related to the central nervous system (CNS).
211 CURRENTLY ON DIALYSIS 200;39 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 17, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient is currently on dialysis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2006): Acute or chronic renal failure requiring periodic peritoneal dialysis, hemodialysis, hemofiltration, hemodiafiltration, or ultrafiltration within 2 weeks prior to surgery.
212 ASCITES 200;15 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has the presence of fluid accumulation in the peritoneal cavity.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): The presence of fluid accumulation in the peritoneal cavity noted on physical examination, abdominal ultrasound, or abdominal CT/MRI within 30 days prior to the operation.
213 ESOPHAGEAL VARICES 200;16 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has esophageal varices.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Esophageal varices are engorged collateral veins in the esophagus that bypass a scarred liver to carry portal blood to the superior vena cava. A sustained increase in portal pressure results in
    esophageal varices that are most frequently demonstrated by direct visualization at esophagoscopy. Esophageal varices must be present preoperatively and must be documented on a recent EGD or CT scan performed within 6
    months prior to the surgical procedure.
214 PGY OF PRIMARY SURGEON 200;52 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>12)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 12, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the post graduate year of the surgeon, or '0' for a staff surgeon.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter the number of surgical residency postgraduate years of the primary surgeon (1-12). Enter 0 if the primary surgeon is a staff/attending surgeon and not a surgical resident or fellow. PGYs
    greater than 12 should be reported as '12'.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
215 WEIGHT LOSS > 10% 200;48 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the body weight loss is more than 10% in the 6 months prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): A >10% decrease in body weight in the six month interval immediately preceding surgery as manifested by serial weights in the chart, as reported by the patient, or as evidenced by change in
    clothing size or severe cachexia. Exclude patients who have intentionally lost weight as part of a weight reduction program.
216 BLEEDING DISORDERS 200;49 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 17, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a history of a bleeding disorder.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Any condition that places the patient at risk for excessive bleeding requiring hospitalization due to a deficiency of blood clotting elements (e.g., vitamin K deficiency, hemophilias,
    thrombocytopenia, chronic anticoagulation therapy that has not been discontinued prior to surgery). Do not include the patient on chronic aspirin therapy.
    Following is a list of medications that impact the patient's risk for  bleeding. Please utilize the associated time frames for discontinuation of medication to determine your answer to this variable. The time frames are up
    to and including the day or hour listed. If there is no documentation of discontinuation of medication, answer 'yes' for bleeding disorder. Do not utilize the lab values to determine the answer to this variable.
    -Anticoagulants
    Stop before procedure
    Brand Name (Generic)                  time
    ------------------------      ---------------------
    Arixtra (Fondaparinux)                4 days
    Coumadin (Warfarin)                   4 days
    Fragmin (Dalteparin)                 24 hours
    Heparin - standard                    6 hours
    Heparin - unfractionated              6 hours
    Heparin- Low molecular weight        24 hours
    Lovenox (Enoxaparin)                 28 hours
    (Pentasaccaride)              4 days
    (APC)                        12 hours
    (Ximelagatran)               24 hours
    -Antiplatelet Agents
    Stop before procedure
    Brand Name (Generic)                  time
    ------------------------      ---------------------
    Aggrastat (Tirofiban)                12 hours
    Aggrenox (ASA/Dipyridamole)          48 hours
    Agrylin (Anagrelide HCL)              3 days
    Integrilin (Eptifibatide)            12 hours
    Persantine (Dipyridamole)            48 hours
    Plavix (Clopidogrel)                  5 days
    Pletal (Cilostazol)                  2-4 days
    ReoPro (Abciximab)                   96 hours
    Ticlid (Ticlopidine)                 10 days
    -Thrombin Inhibitors
    Stop before procedure
    Brand Name (Generic)                  time
    ------------------------      ---------------------
    Angiomax (Bevalirudin)                8 hours
    Argatroban,
    Novastan (Argatroban)                 4 hours
    Refludan (Lepirudin, hirudin)         8 hours
    Xigris (Drotrecogin alpha)            6 hours
    -Thrombolytic Agents
    Stop before procedure
    Brand Name (Generic)                  time
    ------------------------      ---------------------
    Activase (Alteplase)                  4 hours
    Retavase (Reteplase)                  4 hours
    THKase (Tenecteplase)                 8 hours
    Streptase,
    kabikinase (Streptokinase)           24 hours
    Alteplase (tPA)                      40 hours
217 TRANSFUSION > 4 RBC UNITS 200;50 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient required a transfusion of more than 4 units in 72 hours prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Preoperative loss of blood necessitating a minimum of 5 units of whole blood/packed red cells transfused during the 72 hours prior to surgery including any blood transfused in the emergency room.
218 OPEN WOUND 200;46 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has an open wound with or without infection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Evidence of an open wound that communicates to the air by direct exposure, with or without cellulitis or purulent exudate. This does not include osteomyelitis or localized abscesses. The wound must
    communicate to the air by direct exposure. Report mandible fractures under this preoperative variable.
218.1 PREOPERATIVE SEPSIS 206;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NONE;
  • '1' FOR SIRS;
  • '2' FOR SEPSIS;
  • '3' FOR SEPTIC SHOCK;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 23, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's septic status in the 48 hours prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Sepsis is a vast clinical entity that takes a variety of forms. The spectrum of disorders spans from relatively mild physiologic abnormalities to septic shock. Please report the most significant
    level using the criteria below:
    1. SIRS (Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome): SIRS is a widespread
    inflammatory response to a variety of severe clinical insults. This
    syndrome is clinically recognized by the presence of two or more of
    the following:
    - Temp >38 degrees C or <36 degrees C
    - HR >90 bpm
    - RR >20 breaths/min or PaCO2 <32 mmHg(<4.3 kPa)
    - WBC >12,000 cell/mm3, <4000 cells/mm3, or >10% immature (band)
    forms
    - Anion gap acidosis: this is defined by either:
    [Na + K] - [Cl + HCO3 (or serum CO2)]. If this number is
    greater than 16, then an anion gap acidosis is present.
    or
    Na - [Cl + HCO3 (or serum CO2)]. If this number is greater
    than 12, then an anion gap acidosis is present.
    2. Sepsis: Sepsis is the systemic response to infection. Report this
    variable if the patient has clinical signs and symptoms of SIRS
    listed above and one of the following:
    - positive blood culture
    - clinical documentation of purulence or positive culture from
    any site thought to be causative
    3. Severe Sepsis/Septic Shock: Sepsis is considered severe when it is
    associated with organ and/or circulatory dysfunction. Report this
    variable if the patient has the clinical signs and symptoms of SIRS
    or sepsis AND documented organ and/or circulatory dysfunction.
    Examples of organ dysfunction include: oliguria, acute alteration in
    mental status, acute respiratory distress. Examples of circulatory
    dysfunction include: hypotension, requirement of inotropic or
    vasopressor agents.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""Y"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of retired codes.
219 PREOPERATIVE HEMOGLOBIN 201;20 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>7!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S SRCICSP=1 D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 23, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Your answer must be 1-7 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004) Indicate the patient's hemoglobin result (g/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery but not greater than 30 days before surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is not allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
220 PREVIOUS PCI 200;32 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 17, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'Y' if this patient has undergone a percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI).
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): The patient has undergone or has had an attempt at percutaneous coronary intervention at any time. This includes either balloon dilatation or stent placement. This does not include valvuloplasty
    procedures.
221 PREOPERATIVE CPK 201;6 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>6000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the result of the preoperative CPK test. Your answer should be between 0 and 6000.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative creatinine phosphokinase (CPK) test.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
222 PREOPERATIVE MB BAND 201;7 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>50)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the result of the preoperative MB band.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the value of the preoperative methyline blue (MB) band. Your answer must be between 0 and 50.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
223 PREOPERATIVE SERUM CREATININE 201;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) S SRCICSP=1 D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 23, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the serum creatinine result (mg/dl) most closely preceding surgery. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS"
    for "No Study" is allowed for NSQIP assessments.
    CICSP Definition (2004) Indicate the patient's Serum Creatinine result (mg/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery but not greater than 30 days before surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is not allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
224 PREOPERATIVE BUN 201;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 09, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative Blood Urea Nitrogen (BUN) test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for
    "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
225 PREOPERATIVE SERUM ALBUMIN 201;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 23, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative serum albumin test. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study" is
    allowed for NSQIP assessments.
    CICSP Definition (2004) Indicate the patient's serum albumin result (g/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery but not greater than 30 days before surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
226 PREOPERATIVE SGPT 201;10 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>1000)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the result of the preoperative SGPT test. Your answer should be between 0 and 1000.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative serum glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT) test.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
227 PREOPERATIVE SGOT 201;11 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative serum glutamic oxaloacetic (SGOT) test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering
    "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
228 PREOPERATIVE TOTAL BILIRUBIN 201;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative total bilirubin test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study"
    is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
229 PREOPERATIVE ALK PHOSPHATASE 201;12 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative alkaline phosphatase test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No
    Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
230 PREOPERATIVE WBC 201;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative white blood count (WBC). Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No
    Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
231 PREOPERATIVE PLATELET COUNT 201;15 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative platelet count. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study" is also
    allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
232 PREOPERATIVE PT 201;17 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative prothombin time (PT). Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study"
    is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
233 PREOPERATIVE PTT 201;16 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative partial thromboplastin time (PTT). Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for
    "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
234 PREOPERATIVE HEMATOCRIT 201;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative hematocrit test. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study" is
    also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
235 ASSESSMENT STATUS RA;1 SET
  • 'I' FOR INCOMPLETE;
  • 'C' FOR COMPLETE;
  • 'T' FOR TRANSMITTED;
  • 'N' FOR NO ASSESSMENT;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 27, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the current status of this surgery risk assessment.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the current status of the surgery risk assessment. When creating a new assessment, the status will automatically be entered as 'INCOMPLETE'. Upon completion of the assessment, this field will be updated to
    'COMPLETED'.  After the assessment is transmitted, this field will be automatically updated to 'TRANSMITTED'.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^ARS^MUMPS
    1)= I $P($G(^SRF(DA,"RA")),"^",2)'="" S ^SRF("ARS",$P(^SRF(DA,"RA"),"^",2),X,$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^"),DA)=""
    2)= I $P($G(^SRF(DA,"RA")),"^",2)'="" K ^SRF("ARS",$P(^SRF(DA,"RA"),"^",2),X,$P(^SRF(DA,0),"^"),DA)
    The ARS cross reference on the ASSESSMENT STATUS field is used to determine the assessment status of non-cardiac and cardiac assessments.
236 HEIGHT 206;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D HWC^SROAMEAS Q:X="NS" K:+X>300!(+X<0) X D H^SROAMEAS
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y=$S(Y="NS":"NO STUDY",Y["C":+Y_" CENTIMETERS",+Y:Y_" INCHES",1:Y)
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 27, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's height.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2009): Report the patient's most recent height documented in the medical record in either inches (in) or centimeters (cm).
    The measurement should be entered in inches (25 to 86) or centimeters (63 to 218). If you are entering the patient's height in centimeters, enter 'C' after the number of centimeters.
    Your answer should be in one of the following two formats.
    68    (representing inches)
    173C  (representing centimeters)
    Enter NS for NO STUDY if the patient's height cannot be determined.
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the patient's height in either inches (in) or centimeters (cm) based upon an actual measurement (if possible) or based on the patient's estimate.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AO^MUMPS
    1)= Q
    2)= S $P(^SRF(DA,200.1),"^",7)=""
    This MUMPS cross reference sets the HEIGHT MEASUREMENT DATE field (#236.1) to null when the HEIGHT field is deleted.
236.1 HEIGHT MEASUREMENT DATE 200.1;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 27, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date of the height measurement.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date of the patient's height measurement. This date is taken from the VITALS software.
237 WEIGHT 206;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  D HWC^SROAMEAS Q:X="NS" K:X>700!(X<0) X D W^SROAMEAS
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y=$S(Y="NS":"NO STUDY",Y["K":+Y_" KILOGRAMS",+Y:Y_" LBS.",1:Y)
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 07, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's weight most closely preceding surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Report the patient's most recent weight documented in the medical record in either pounds (lbs) or kilograms (kg).
    The weight should be entered in pounds (50 to 700) or kilograms (23 to 318). If you are entering the patient's weight in kilograms, enter 'K' after the number of kilograms.
    Your answer should be in one of the following formats.
    178     (weight in pounds)
    80K     (weight in Kilograms)
    Enter NS for NO STUDY if the patient's weight cannot be determined.
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the patient's most recent weight before surgery in either pounds (lbs) or kilograms (kg) based upon an actual measurement (if possible) or based on the patient's estimate.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
238 DNR STATUS 200;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has requested not to be resuscitated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): If the patient has had a Do-Not-Resuscitate (DNR) order written in the physician's order sheet of the patient's chart and it has been signed or co-signed by an attending physician [this is the only
    condition under which a DNR order is official in the VA in the 30 days prior to this surgery], enter "YES". If the DNR order as defined above was rescinded immediately prior to surgery in order to operate on the patient,
    enter "YES". Answer "NO" if DNR discussions are documented in the progress note, but no official DNR order has been written in the physician order sheet or if the attending physician has not signed the official order.
239 PREOPERATIVE HEMOGLOBIN, DATE 202;20 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date preop Hemoglobin was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the preoperative hemoglobin test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
240 FUNCTIONAL HEALTH STATUS 200;8 SET
  • '1' FOR INDEPENDENT;
  • '2' FOR PARTIALLY DEPENDENT;
  • '3' FOR TOTALLY DEPENDENT;
  • '4' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 05, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the level of self care that summarizes the patient's status prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the appropriate term that describes the level of self-care demonstrated by the patient that summarizes his/her status during the two weeks before surgery:
    Independent - The patient is independent in activities of daily living
    (bathing, toilet, eating, dressing, transfer and continence);
    he/she does not require the assistance of nursing care, equipment,
    or devices. This would include a patient who is able to function
    independently with a limb prosthesis.  Partially dependent - The patient is partially dependent. He/she
    requires the use of equipment or devices coupled with assistance
    from another person for some activities of daily living. Any
    patient coming from a nursing home setting who is not totally
    dependent is described by this category. Any patient who requires
    dialysis for kidney failure or requires chronic oxygen therapy yet
    maintains independent functions, is considered partially dependent.  Totally dependent - The patient is totally dependent and cannot perform
    ANY activities of daily living on his/her own. This includes a
    patient in an ICU/floor, or who is totally dependent on nursing
    care, or a dependent nursing home patient.
    All patients with psychiatric illnesses should be evaluated for their ability to function with or without assistance with ADLs in the same manner as the non-psychiatric patient. For instance, if a patient with
    schizophrenia is able to care for himself without the assistance of nursing care, he/she is considered independent.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")=$$FUNCT^SROAUTL
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen limits selection based on type of risk assessment.
241 PULMONARY (Y/N) 200;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has a history of pulmonary illnesses.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This determines whether the patient has a history of pulmonary illnesses.
242 CARDIAC (Y/N) 200;30 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has a history of cardiac illnesses.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a history of cardiac illnesses.
243 RENAL (Y/N) 200;37 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has a history of renal illnesses.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a history of renal illnesses.
244 HEPATOBILIARY (Y/N) 200;13 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 22, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has a history of hepatobiliary illnesses.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a history of hepatobiliary illnesses.
245 NUTRITIONAL/IMMUNE/OTHER 200;44 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 10, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a history of general/nutritional/immune illness.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a history of illness related to nutrition, immune deficiencies or other general deficiencies.
246 ETOH > 2 DRINKS/DAY 200;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient admits to having greater than two drinks per day within the two weeks prior to admission.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The patient admits to drinking >2 ounces of hard liquor or more than two 12 oz. cans of beer or more than two 6 oz. glasses of wine per day in the two weeks prior to admission. If the patient is a
    "binge drinker" divide out the numbers of drinks during the binge by seven days, and then apply the definition.
247 LENGTH OF POST-OP STAY 205;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S:X="NA"!(X="na") X="NA" Q:X="NA" K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the total number of days this patient remained in the hospital after his or her operation. Enter NA if LENGTH OF POST-OP STAY is not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The software will automatically calculate the total number of days that the patient stayed in the acute care services of the medical center. The number of days should include the day after surgery
    and the date of discharge or transfer to intermediate or chronic care facilities.
    Enter NA if LENGTH OF POST-OP STAY is not applicable.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
248 SUPERFICIAL INCISIONAL SSI 205;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient had a superficial incisional surgical site infection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Superficial incisional SSI is an infection that occurs within 30 days after the operation and infection involves only skin or subcutaneous tissue of the incision and at least one of the following:
    - Purulent drainage, with or without laboratory confirmation, from the
    superficial incision.
    - Organisms isolated from an aseptically obtained culture of fluid or
    tissue from the superficial incision.
    - At least one of the following signs or symptoms of infection:  pain
    or tenderness, localized swelling, redness, or heat and superficial
    incision is deliberately opened by the surgeon, unless incision is
    culture-negative.
    - Diagnosis of superficial incisional SSI by the surgeon or attending
    physician.
    Do not report the following conditions as SSI:
    - Stitch abscess (minimal inflammation and discharge confined to the
    points of suture penetration).
    - Infected burn wound.
    - Incisional SSI that extends into the fascial and muscle layers (see
    deep incisional SSI).
249 DEEP INCISIONAL SSI 205;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient had a deep incisional surgical site infection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Deep Incision SSI is an infection that occurs within 30 days after the operation and the infection appears to be related to the operation and infection involved deep soft tissues (e.g., fascial and
    muscle layers) of the incision and at least one of the following:
    - Purulent drainage from the deep incision but not from the
    organ/space component of the surgical site.
    - A deep incision spontaneously dehisces or is deliberately opened by
    a surgeon when the patient has at least one of the following signs
    or symptoms: fever (>38 C), localized pain, or tenderness, unless
    site is culture-negative.
    - An abscess or other evidence of infection involving the deep
    incision is found on direct examination, during reoperation, or by
    histopathologic or radiologic examination.
    - Diagnosis of a deep incision SSI by a surgeon or attending
    physician.
    Note:
    - Report infection that involves both superficial and deep incision
    sites as deep incisional SSI.
    - Report an organ/space SSI that drains through the incision as a deep
    incisional SSI.
250 SYSTEMIC SEPSIS 205;35 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has been diagnosed as having postoperative systemic sepsis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Sepsis is a vast clinical entity that takes a variety of forms. The spectrum of disorders spans from relatively mild physiologic abnormalities to septic shock. Please report the most significant
    level using the criteria below:
    1. Sepsis: Sepsis is the systemic response to infection. Report this variable if the patient has clinical signs and symptoms of SIRS. SIRS is a widespread inflammatory response to a variety of severe clinical insults. This
    syndrome is clinically recognized by the presence of two or more of the following:
    - Temp >38 degrees C or <36 degrees C
    - HR >90 bpm
    - RR >20 breaths/min or PaCO2 <32 mmHg(<4.3 kPa)
    - WBC >12,000 cell/mm3, <4000 cells/mm3, or >10% immature (band)
    forms
    - Anion gap acidosis: this is defined by either:
    [Na + K] - [Cl + HCO3 (or serum CO2)]. If this number is
    greater than 16, then an anion gap acidosis is present.
    or
    Na - [Cl + HCO3 (or serum CO2)]. If this number is greater
    than 12, then an anion gap acidosis is present.
    and one of the following:
    - positive blood culture
    - clinical documentation of purulence or positive culture from any
    site thought to be causative
    2. Severe Sepsis/Septic Shock: Sepsis is considered severe when it is associated with organ and/or circulatory dysfunction. Report this variable if the patient has the clinical signs and symptoms of SIRS or sepsis AND
    documented organ and/or circulatory dysfunction. Examples of organ dysfunction include: oliguria, acute alteration in mental status, acute respiratory distress. Examples of circulatory dysfunction include: hypotension,
    requirement of inotropic or vasopressor agents.
    * For the patient that had sepsis preoperatively, worsening of any of the above signs postoperatively would be reported as a postoperative sepsis.
    Examples:
    A patient comes into the emergency room with signs of sepsis - WBC 31, Temperature 104. CT shows an abdominal abscess. He is given antibiotics and is then taken emergently to the OR to drain the abscess. He receives
    antibiotics intraoperatively. Postoperatively his WBC and Temperature are trending down.
    POD#1 WBC 24, Temp 102
    POD#2 WBC 14, Temp 100
    POD#3 WBC 10, Temp 99 This patient does not have postoperative sepsis as his WBC and Temperature are improving each postoperative day.
    Patient comes into the ER with s/s of sepsis - WBC 31, Temp 104. CT shows an abdominal abscess. He is given antibiotics and is taken emergently to the OR to drain the abscess. He receives antibiotics intraoperatively.
    Postoperatively his WBC and Temp are as follows:
    POD#1 WBC 28, Temp 103
    POD#2 WBC 24, Temp 102.6
    POD#3 WBC 22, Temp 102
    POD#4 WBC 21, Temp 101.6
    POD#5 WBC 30, Temp 104  This patient does have postoperative sepsis because on postoperative day #5, his WBC and Temperature increase. The patient is having worsening of the defined signs of sepsis.
251 PNEUMONIA 205;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a postoperative occurrence of pneumonia.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Inflammation of the lungs caused primarily by bacteria, viruses, and/or chemical irritants, usually manifested by chills, fever, pain in the chest, cough, purulent, bloody sputum. Enter YES if the
    patient has pneumonia meeting the definition of pneumonia below AND pneumonia not present preoperatively.
    Pneumonia must meet one of the following TWO criteria:
    Criterion 1.
    Rales or dullness to percussion on physical examination of chest AND
    any of the following:
    a. New onset of purulent sputum or change in character of sputum
    b. Organism isolate from blood culture
    c. Isolation of pathogen from specimen obtained by transtracheal
    aspirate, bronchial brushing, or biopsy
    OR
    Criterion 2.
    Chest radiographic examination shows new or progressive infiltrate,
    consolidation, cavitation, or pleural effusion AND any of the
    following:
    a. New onset of purulent sputum or change in character of sputum
    b. Organism isolated from blood culture
    c. Isolation of pathogen from specimen obtained by transtracheal
    aspirate, bronchial brushing, or biopsy
    d. Isolation of virus or detection of viral antigen in respiratory
    secretions
    e. Diagnostic single antibody titer (IgM) or fourfold increase in
    paired serum samples (IgG) for pathogen
    f. Histopathologic evidence of pneumonia
    *If pneumonia was present preoperatively and resolved postoperatively and a new pneumonia is identified within 30 days after surgery, the following criteria must be met in order to report as a postoperative pneumonia
    occurrence:
    - Patient must have completed the antibiotic course for the
    previous pneumonia.
    - Patient must have evidence of a clear chest x-ray after the
    previous pneumonia and prior to the new pneumonia.
    - There must be evidence of a new isolate of micro-organism on
    culture.
252 PULMONARY EMBOLISM 205;12 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has had a postoperative pulmonary embolism.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Lodging of a blood clot in a pulmonary artery with subsequent obstruction of blood supply to the lung parenchyma. The blood clots usually originate from the deep leg veins or the pelvic venous
    system. Enter "YES" if the patient has a V-Q scan interpreted as high probability of pulmonary embolism or a positive pulmonary arteriogram or positive CT angiogram or positive Spiral CT exam. Treatment usually consists
    of:
    - Initiation of anticoagulation therapy
    - Placement of mechanical interruption (e.g. Greenfield Filter), for
    patients in whom anticoagulation is contraindicated or already
    instituted.
253 OTHER RESPIRATORY OCCURRENCE 205;14 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  I $G(Y) S Y=$$ICDC^SROICD(Y),Y=$P(Y,"^")_" "_$P(Y,"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis code related to the postoperative respiratory occurrence.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter any other respiratory occurrences that you feel to be significant and that are not covered by the predefined respiratory occurrence categories. Enter the ICD-9-CM code for this entry.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
254 ACUTE RENAL FAILURE 205;17 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has renal failure requiring the initiation of dialysis postoperatively.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): In a patient who did not require dialysis preoperatively, worsening of renal dysfunction postoperatively requiring hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, hemofiltration, hemodiafiltration or
    ultrafiltration.
    TIP: If the patient refuses dialysis the answer is Yes to this variable, because he/she did require dialysis.
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient developed new renal failure requiring dialysis or experienced an exacerbation of preoperative renal failure requiring initiation of dialysis (not on dialysis preoperatively)
    within 30 days postoperatively. (Dialysis includes continuous venous to venous hemodialysis [CVVHD], continuous venous to arterial hemodialysis [CVAHD], and peritoneal. It does not include ultrafiltration.)
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""NS"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of retired code.
255 URINARY TRACT INFECTION 205;18 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a postoperative urinary tract infection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Postoperative symptomatic urinary tract infection must meet one of the following TWO criteria:
    1. One of the following: fever (>38 degrees C), urgency, frequency,
    dysuria, or suprapubic tenderness AND a urine culture of >100,000
    colonies/ml urine with no more than two species of organisms
    OR
    2. Two of the following: fever (>38 degrees C), urgency, frequency,
    dysuria, or suprapubic tenderness AND any of the following:
    - Dipstick test positive for leukocyte esterase and/or nitrate
    - Pyuria (>10 WBCs/cc or >3 WBC/hpf of unspun urine)
    - Organisms seen on Gram stain of unspun urine
    - Two urine cultures with repeated isolation of the same uropathogen
    with >100 colonies/ml urine in non-voided specimen
    - Urine culture with <100,000 colonies/ml urine of single
    uropathogen in patient being treated with appropriate
    antimicrobial therapy
    - Physician's diagnosis
    - Physician institutes appropriate antimicrobial therapy
256 STROKE/CVA 205;21 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient has had a postoperative cerebral vascular accident or stroke.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient develops an embolic, thrombotic, or hemorrhagic vascular accident or stroke with motor, sensory, or cognitive dysfunction (e.g., hemiplegia, hemiparesis, aphasia, sensory deficit, impaired
    memory) that persist for 24 or more hours.
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if there was any new objective neurologic deficit lasting > 72 hours with onset immediately post-operatively or occurring within the 30 days after surgery.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""NS"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of retired code.
257 POSTOP BLEEDING/TRANSFUSIONS 205;32 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient had bleeding requiring >4 units PRBC's or whole blood within 72 hours postoperatively.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Any transfusion (including autologous) of packed red blood cells or whole blood given from the time the patient leaves the operating room up to and including 72 hours postoperatively. Enter YES for
    five or more units of packed red blood cell units in the postoperative period including hanging blood from the OR that is finished outside of the OR.  If the patient receives shed blood, autologous blood, cell saver blood
    or pleurovac postoperatively, this is counted if greater than four units. The blood may be given for any reason.
258 MYOCARDIAL INFARCTION 205;27 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has had a myocardial infarction.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): A new transmural acute myocardial infarction occurring during surgery or within 30 days following surgery as manifested by new Q-waves on ECG. Non-Q-wave infarctions should be entered under
    "OTHER".
259 PULMONARY EDEMA 205;28 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 10, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has postoperative pulmonary edema requiring IV diuretic therapy.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This determines whether the patient has developed postoperative distress requiring treatment and diagnosis of CHF or pulmonary edema or Adult Respiratory Distress Syndrome.
260 DATE TRANSMITTED RA;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 05, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Date that this Assessment was transmitted.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date (or date/time) that this surgery risk assessment was transmitted.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AT1^MUMPS
    1)= D AT1^SROXR4
    2)= D KAT1^SROXR4
    This MUMPS type cross-reference is used for sorting transmitted assessed cases and excluded cases by the DATE TRANSMITTED field.
260.1 DATE OF LAST TRANSMISSION RA;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ET" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 05, 2007
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date of the retransmission if this risk assessment has been retransmitted to the national database. An assessment can be updated and retransmitted within 14 days of the original transmission date. If there was
    no retransmission of this assessment, this is the date of the original transmission.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AT^MUMPS
    1)= D AT^SROXR4
    2)= D KAT^SROXR4
    This MUMPS type cross-reference is used for sorting transmitted assessed cases and excluded cases by the DATE OF LAST TRANSMISSION field.
261 GRAFT/PROSTHESIS/FLAP FAILURE 205;33 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has had a postoperative graft or prosthesis failure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Mechanical failure of an extracardiac graft/or prosthesis including myocutaneous flaps and skin grafts requiring return to the operating room, interventional radiology, or a balloon angioplasty.
262 RETURN TO OR WITHIN 30 DAYS 205;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a return to the operating room within 30 days of this surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Returns to the operating room include all surgical procedures that required the patient to be taken to the surgical operating room for intervention of any kind will automatically be entered by the
    software.
263 DVT/THROMBOPHLEBITIS 205;34 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has postoperative DVT/Thrombophlebitis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The identification of a new blood clot or thrombus within the venous system, which may be coupled with inflammation. This diagnosis is confirmed by a duplex, venogram or CT scan. The patient must
    be treated with anticoagulation therapy, and/or placement of a vena cava filter or clipping of the vena cava.
264 CEREBRAL VASCULAR DISEASE 206;17 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 17, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has disease of the arteries to the head.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has disease of the arteries to the head manifested by previous stroke (cerebral vascular accident), and/or transient ischemic attack (TIA), and/or prior surgical repair (e.g. carotid
    endarterectomy), and/or greater than or equal to 50% obstruction of luminal diameter documented by contrast angiography or duplex ultrasound examination.
265 PERIPHERAL VASCULAR DISEASE 206;16 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 17, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has disease of the arteries below the bifurcation of the aorta.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has peripheral vascular disease. Peripheral vascular disease is defined as disease of the arteries to legs below bifurcation of aorta manifested by external claudication, and/or
    ischemic rest pain, and/or prior revascularization procedure(s) on vessels to legs, and/or absent or diminished pulses in legs, and/or angiographic evidence of noniatrogenic peripheral arterial obstruction greater than or
    equal to 50% of luminal diameter.
266 PREVIOUS CARDIAC SURGERY 200;33 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 26, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has had a previous cardiac surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2006): Any major cardiac surgical procedure (performed either as an 'off-pump' repair or utilizing cardiopulmonary bypass). This includes coronary artery bypass graft surgery, valve replacement or repair,
    repair of atrial or ventricular septal defects, great thoracic vessel repair, cardiac transplant, left ventricular aneurysmectomy, insertion of left ventricular assist devices, etc. Do not include pacemaker insertions or
    automatic implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (AICD) insertions.
267 ANGINA 206;18 SET
  • 'I' FOR CLASS I;
  • 'II' FOR CLASS II;
  • 'III' FOR CLASS III;
  • 'IV' FOR CLASS IV;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 01, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the CCS classification associated with the severity of angina in the 14 days preceding surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has angina. Angina is defined as pain or discomfort between the diaphragm and the mandible resulting from myocardial ischemia usually precipitated by exertion or emotion and relieved by
    rest or nitroglycerine.  The Canadian Cardiovascular Society (CCS) classification is now the most commonly used method to record severity of angina.  Record according to the most severe angina in the 14 days before
    surgery:
    I - Ordinary physical activity, such as walking or climbing stairs does
    not cause angina.  Angina may occur with strenuous or rapid or
    prolonged exertion at work or recreation.
    II - There is slight limitation of ordinary activity.  Angina may occur
    with walking or climbing stairs rapidly, walking uphill, walking or
    stair climbing after meals or in the cold, in the wind, or under
    emotional stress, or walking more than two blocks on the level, or
    climbing more than one flight of stairs under normal conditions at
    a normal pace.
    III - There is marked limitation of ordinary physical activity.  Angina
    may occur after walking one or two blocks on the level or climbing
    one flight of stairs under normal conditions at a normal pace.
    IV - There is inability to carry on any physical activity without
    discomfort.  Angina may be present at rest.
268 HEPATOMEGALY 200;14 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 19, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the physician has noted the presence of hepatomegaly in his History and Physical.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has the presence of hepatomegaly. Hepatomegaly is defined as enlargement of the liver indicated usually by palpation of the lower border of the liver below the right costal margin or a
    liver span greater than 10 cm.  Hepatomegaly may be noted in acute hepatitis, fatty infiltration, passive congestion, and early biliary obstruction.  It is usually noted by the physician under the abdominal portion of the
    H&P.
269 PREGNANCY 200.1;3 SET
  • 'NO' FOR NO;
  • 'NA' FOR NOT APPLICABLE;
  • 'Y' FOR YES;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 14, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the preoperative pregnancy status of this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Pregnancy is the process by which a woman carries a developing fetus in her uterus, beginning at conception and ending in birth, miscarriage or abortion. Answer Yes if there is documentation in the
    patient's medical record that the patient is currently pregnant.
270 PREOPERATIVE SERUM SODIUM 201;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative serum sodium test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study" is
    also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
271 PREOPERATIVE POTASSIUM 201;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>8)!(X<1.5)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 28, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the result of the preoperative potassium test. Your answer must be between 1.5 and 8.0.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative potassium test.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
272 DATE ASSESSMENT COMPLETED RA;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 21, 1992
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the Assessment was completed. This field will be updated if the assessment was transmitted in error.
273 PREOPERATIVE GLUCOSE 201;3 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>1200)!(X<20)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the result of the preoperative glucose test. Your answer should be between 20 and 1200.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative glucose test.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
274 HIGHEST SERUM SODIUM 203;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest result of a postoperative serum sodium test for the selected patient. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">".
    Entering "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
275 HIGHEST POTASSIUM 203;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-3 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest result of a potassium test for the selected patient. Data input must be 1 to 3 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for
    "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
276 HIGHEST GLUCOSE 203;5 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>1200)!(X<20)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the highest postoperative glucose result. Your answer should be between 20 and 1200.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest result of a postoperative glucose test for the patient selected.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
277 HIGHEST SERUM CREATININE 203;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest postoperative serum creatinine result for the selected patient. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering
    "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
278 HIGHEST CPK 203;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest result of a postoperative CPK test for the patient selected. Data input must be 1 to 6 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering
    "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
279 HIGHEST CPK-MB 203;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest result of a postoperative CP-MB Band for this patient. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS"
    for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
280 HIGHEST TOTAL BILIRUBIN 203;9 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest postoperative total bilirubin result recorded for this patient. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering
    "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
281 HIGHEST WBC 203;10 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the highest postoperative WBC for the patient selected. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No
    Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
282 LOWEST SERUM ALBUMIN 203;11 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>50)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the highest postoperative serum albumin test result. Your answer must be between 0 and 50.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the lowest postoperative serum albumin result for the patient selected.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
283 LOWEST HEMATOCRIT 203;12 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>4!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-4 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the lowest postoperative hematocrit result recorded for this patient. Data input must be 1 to 4 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS"
    for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
284 ASSESSMENT TYPE RA;2 SET
  • 'C' FOR CARDIAC;
  • 'N' FOR NON-CARDIAC;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 28, 1991
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether this surgical risk assessment is a cardiac or non-cardiac procedure.
285 ON VENTILATOR >48 HOURS 205;13 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 18, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the total duration of ventilator-assisted respiration during the postoperative hospitalization was > or = 48 hours.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Total duration of ventilator-assisted respirations during postoperative hospitalization was >48 hours. This can occur at any time during the 30-day period postoperatively. This time assessment is
    CUMULATIVE, not necessarily consecutive. Ventilator-assisted respirations can be via endotracheal tube, nasotracheal tube, or tracheostomy tube.
    CICSP Definition (2007): Indicate if the total duration of ventilator-assisted respiration within 30 days post-operatively was greater than or equal to 48 hours.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""NS"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of retired code.
286 OTHER URINARY TRACT OCCURRENCE 205;19 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  I $G(Y) S Y=$$ICDC^SROICD(Y),Y=$P(Y,"^")_" "_$P(Y,"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis code for the postoperative urinary tract occurrence.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter any other urinary occurrences which you feel to be significant and that are not covered by the predefined urinary tract occurrence categories. Enter the ICD-9-CM code for this entry.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
287 PERIPHERAL NERVE INJURY 205;23 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has major peripheral neurological injuries.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Peripheral nerve damage may result from damage to the nerve fibers, cell body, or myelin sheath during surgery. Peripheral nerve injuries which result in motor deficits only to the cervical plexus,
    brachial plexus, ulnar plexus, lumbar-sacral plexus (sciatic nerve), peroneal nerve, and/or the femoral nerve should be included.
288 PREOPERATIVE CPK, DATE 202;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative CPK test was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative CPK was performed.
289 PREOPERATIVE MB BAND, DATE 202;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative MB Band was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative MB Band was performed.
290 PREOP SERUM CREATININE, DATE 202;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Serum Creatinine was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative Serum Creatinine test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
291 PREOPERATIVE BUN, DATE 202;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative BUN was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative BUN was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
292 PREOP SERUM ALBUMIN, DATE 202;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Serum Albumin was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative Serum Albumin test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
293 SGPT, DATE PERFORMED 202;10 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative SGPT was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative SGPT was performed.
294 SGOT, DATE PERFORMED 202;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative SGOT was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative SGOT was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
295 PREOP TOTAL BILIRUBIN, DATE 202;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Total Bilirubin was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative total bilirubin was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
296 PREOP ALK PHOSPHATASE, DATE 202;12 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Alkaline Phosphatase was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative alkaline phosphatase test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
297 PREOPERATIVE WBC, DATE 202;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative WBC was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative WBC test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
298 PREOP PLATELET COUNT, DATE 202;15 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Platelet Count was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative platelet count was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
299 PREOPERATIVE PT, DATE 202;17 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative PT was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative PT test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
300 PREOPERATIVE PTT, DATE 202;16 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative PTT was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative PTT test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
301 PREOP HEMATOCRIT, DATE 202;14 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Hematocrit test was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative hematocrit was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
302 PREOPERATIVE GLUCOSE, DATE 202;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Glucose test was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative glucose test was performed.
303 PREOP POTASSIUM, DATE 202;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Potassium test was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative potassium test was performed.
304 PREOP SERUM SODIUM, DATE 202;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative Serum Sodium test was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the preoperative serum sodium test was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
305 HIGH SERUM SODIUM, DATE 204;1 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest Serum Sodium result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest Serum Sodium result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
306 HIGH POTASSIUM, DATE 204;3 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest Potassium result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest Potassium result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
307 HIGH GLUCOSE, DATE 204;5 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest Glucose result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest Glucose result was recorded.
308 HIGH SERUM CREATININE, DATE 204;6 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest Serum Creatinine result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest Serum Creatinine result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
309 HIGH CPK, DATE 204;7 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest CPK result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest CPK result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
310 HIGH CPK-MB, DATE 204;8 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest CPK-MB Band result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest CPK-MB Band result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
311 HIGH TOTAL BILIRUBIN, DATE 204;9 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest Total Bilirubin result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest Total Bilirubin was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
312 HIGHEST WBC, DATE 204;10 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest WBC result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the highest WBC was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
313 LOW SERUM ALBUMIN, DATE 204;11 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="E" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the lowest Serum Albumin result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the lowest Serum Albumin result was recorded.
314 LOW HEMATOCRIT, DATE 204;12 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the lowest Hematocrit result was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the lowest Hematocrit result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
315 PREOPERATIVE PT CONTROL 201;19 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>15)!(X<9)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the preoperative PT Control result. Your answer must be between 9 and 15.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative PT control. Your answer must be between 9 and 15.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
316 PREOPERATIVE PTT CONTROL 201;18 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>40)!(X<15)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the preoperative PTT Control result. Your answer must be between 15 and 40.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the preoperative PTT control result. Your answer must be between 15 and 40.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
318 RESPIRATORY OCCURRENCES 205;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has had postoperative respiratory occurrences.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had postoperative respiratory occurrences. A respiratory occurrence is defined as an impairment to the lungs to perform their ventilatory function. This may be due to impairment of gas
    exchange in the lung or obstruction of the free flow of air to the lung.
319 URINARY TRACT OCCURRENCES 205;15 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has had postoperative urinary tract occurrences.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has had postoperative urinary tract occurrences. Urinary tract occurrences are defined as difficulties related to the organs and ducts participating in the secretion and elimination of
    urine.
320 CNS OCCURRENCES 205;20 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has had any postoperative CNS occurrences.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has had any postoperative central nervous system (CNS) occurrences. These occurrences are defined as difficulties related to the brain and spinal cord, with their nerves and end-organs
    that control voluntary acts.
321 CARDIAC OCCURRENCES 205;25 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has had any postoperative cardiac occurrences.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has had any postoperative cardiac occurrences. Cardiac occurrences are defined as difficulties encountered involving the cardiac system.
322 OTHER OCCURRENCES 205;30 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has had other occurrences not included in the other occurrence categories.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has had postoperative occurrences, such as Graft/Prosthesis Failure or Unplanned Return to OR, not included in any of the other categories.
323 CREATE RISK ASSESSMENT RA;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 24, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if you are going to create a risk assessment for this surgical case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether a risk assessment will be created for this surgical case. If answered 'NO', the information will automatically be completed so that the information will be transmitted without any additional
    intervention.
324 DRUG ADDICTION 200;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient admits to recreational or narcotic substance abuse.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether this patient has a history of recreational or narcotic substance abuse. There is no time limit on this data element.
325 DYSPNEA 200;6 SET
  • '1' FOR NO;
  • '2' FOR MODERATE EXERTION;
  • '3' FOR AT REST;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 20, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the category that most appropriately applies to this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): The patient describes difficult, painful, or labored breathing. Dyspnea may be symptomatic of numerous disorders that interfere with adequate ventilation or perfusion of the blood with oxygen. The
    dyspneic patient is subjectively aware of difficulty with breathing.  Select one of the following categories that best indicates the patient's subjective experience coupled with your objective assessment:
    (1) No dyspnea
    (2) Dyspnea upon moderate exertion (e.g., is unable to climb one
    flight of stairs without shortness of breath)
    (3) Dyspnea at rest (e.g., cannot complete a sentence without needing
    to take a breath)
    The time frame is at the time the patient is being considered as a candidate for surgery (which should be no longer than 30 days prior to surgery). If the patient's dyspnea status worsens prior to surgery, report the most
    severe.
326 CURRENT PNEUMONIA 200;12 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has Pneumonia.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Report patients with evidence of pneumonia at the time the patient is brought to the OR. Patients with pneumonia must meet ONE of the following two criteria:
    Criterion 1.
    Rales or dullness to percussion on physical examination of chest AND
    any of the following:
    a. New onset of purulent sputum or change in character of sputum
    b. Organism isolate from blood culture
    c. Isolation of pathogen from specimen obtained by transtracheal
    aspirate, bronchial brushing, or biopsy
    OR
    Criterion 2.
    Chest radiographic examination shows new or progressive infiltrate,
    consolidation, cavitation, or pleural effusion AND any of the
    following:
    a. New onset of purulent sputum or change in character of sputum
    b. Organism isolated from blood culture
    c. Isolation of pathogen from specimen obtained by transtracheal
    aspirate, bronchial brushing, or biopsy
    d. Isolation of virus or detection of viral antigen in respiratory
    secretions
    e. Diagnostic single antibody titer (IgM) or fourfold increase in
    paired serum samples (IgG) for pathogen
    f. Histopathologic evidence of pneumonia
327 ACTIVE HEPATITIS 200;17 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has active hepatitis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has active hepatitis. Active Hepatitis is defined as an active inflammation of the liver evidenced by elevated liver enzymes. The most common causes are viral hepatitis documented by
    positive serologies (A,B, or C) and recent excessive alcohol intake, or drug induced hepatitis.
328 RENAL FAILURE 200;38 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 01, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has acute renal failure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The clinical condition associated with rapid, steadily increasing azotemia (increase in BUN), and a rising creatinine of above 3 mg/dl. Acute renal failure should be noted within 24 hours prior to
    surgery.
329 REVASCULARIZATION/AMPUTATION 200;41 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a history of revascularization/amputation for PVD.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Any type of angioplasty or revascularization procedure for atherosclerotic peripheral vascular disease (PVD) (e.g., aorto-femoral, femoral-femoral, femoral-popliteal) or a patient who has had any
    type of amputation procedure for PVD (e.g., toe amputations, transmetatarsal amputations, below the knee or above the knee amputations). Patients who have had amputation for trauma or a resection of abdominal aortic
    aneurysms should not be included.
330 REST PAIN/GANGRENE (Y/N) 200;42 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient suffers from rest pain/gangrene.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Rest pain is a more severe form of ischemic pain due to occlusive disease, which occurs at rest and is manifested as a severe, unrelenting pain aggravated by elevation and often preventing sleep.
    Gangrene is a marked skin discoloration and disruption indicative of death and decay of tissues in the extremities due to severe and prolonged ischemia. Include patients with ischemic ulceration and/or tissue loss related
    to peripheral vascular disease. Do not include Fournier's gangrene. Report only if within the 30 days preoperatively.
331 ABSENT PERIPHERAL PULSES 200;43 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 10, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has been diagnosed as having absent peripheral pulses.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has been diagnosed on the physical examination to have absent femoral, popliteal, or pedal pulses. If he or she has had a previous amputation, record pulses as present or absent in the
    remaining limb.
332 IMPAIRED SENSORIUM 200;19 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient has impaired sensorium.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient is acutely confused and/or delirious and responds to verbal and/or mild tactile stimulation. Patients should be noted to have developed an impaired sensorium if they have mental status
    changes, and/or delirium in the context of the current illness. Patients with chronic or long-standing mental status changes secondary to chronic mental illness (e.g., schizophrenia) or chronic dementing illnesses (e.g.,
    multi-infarct dementia, senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type) should not be included. This assessment of the patient's mental status should be within 48 hours prior to the surgical procedure. If the patient develops
    impaired sensorium, then progresses to a coma, and remains in a coma entering surgery, report just coma.
    Example: A patient is admitted to the orthopedics service after a fall
    with a fractured hip. The patient is also noted to be dehydrated and
    febrile. He is disoriented to place and time and seems confused. His
    family reports that he has been oriented and alert prior to the fall.
    This patient has an impaired sensorium on the basis of his confusion
    and disorientation.
    Example: A patient is admitted to the general surgical service with
    biliary sepsis and high spiking fevers. While febrile, the patient is
    noted by the clinician to be disoriented and confused. This patient
    has an impaired sensorium.
    Example: A long-term resident of a VA nursing home with chronic
    schizophrenia is admitted for an elective hernia repair. He is noted
    to have long-standing mental status changes and is chronically
    disoriented to place, time, and person. Although this patient has
    disorientation, his mental status changes are long-standing, chronic,
    and unchanged and would not qualify for "impaired sensorium."
    Note: These examples would apply only if noted within 48 hours prior
    to surgery
333 COMA 200;21 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient is in a coma.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient is unconscious, postures to painful stimuli, or is unresponsive to all stimuli entering surgery. This does not include drug-induced coma.
334 HISTORY OF TIA'S 200;25 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a history of TIA's.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Transient ischemic attacks (TIAs) are focal neurologic deficits (e.g. numbness of an arm or amaurosis fugax) of sudden onset and brief duration (usually <30 minutes), which usually reflect
    dysfunction in a cerebral vascular distribution. These attacks may be recurrent and, at times, may precede a stroke.
335 CVA/STROKE WITH NEURO DEFICIT 200;26 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a history CVA/stroke with residual neurologic deficit.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): History of a cerebrovascular accident (embolic, thrombotic, or hemorrhagic) with persistent residual motor, sensory, or cognitive dysfunction. (e.g., hemiplegia, hemiparesis, aphasia, sensory
    deficit, impaired memory). If the neurological deficit is hemiplegia/hemiparesis, also enter YES to Hemiplegia/Hemiparesis in addition to CVA/Stroke.
336 CVA/STROKE - NO NEURO DEFICIT 200;27 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a history of CVA/Stroke with no neurologic deficit.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): History of a cerebrovascular accident (embolic, thrombotic, or hemorrhagic) with neurologic deficit(s) lasting at least 30 minutes, but no current residual neurologic dysfunction or deficit.
337 NEURO DEGENERATIVE DISEASE 200;28 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 10, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a neuromuscular degenerative disease.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has neuromuscular degenerative disease. It is defined as any of a number of congenital, hereditary, or acquired diseases resulting in chronic neurological deficits. Common examples of
    these diseases include muscular dystrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS or 'Lou Gerhig's Disease'), multiple sclerosis, and poliomyelitis.
338 DISSEMINATED CANCER (Y/N) 200;45 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has disseminated cancer.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Patients who have cancer that:
    (1) Has spread to one site or more sites in addition to the primary
    site
    AND
    (2) In whom the presence of multiple metastases indicates the cancer
    is widespread, fulminant, or near terminal. Other terms describing
    disseminated cancer include "diffuse," "widely metastatic,"
    "widespread," or "carcinomatosis", or AJCC "Stage IV" cancer.
    Common sites of metastases include major organs (e.g., brain,
    lung, liver, meninges, abdomen, peritoneum, pleura, bone).
    Report Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia (ALL) and Acute Myelogenous
    Leukemia (AML) under this variable. Do not report Chronic
    Lymphocytic Leukemia (CLL), Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia (CML) or
    Lymphoma as disseminated cancer.
    Example: A patient with a primary breast cancer with positive nodes in
    the axilla does NOT qualify for this definition. She has spread of the
    tumor to a site other than the primary site, but does not have
    widespread metastases. A patient with primary breast cancer with
    positive nodes in the axilla AND liver metastases does qualify,
    because she has both spread of the tumor to the axilla and other major
    organs.
    Example: A patient with colon cancer and no positive nodes or distant
    metastases does NOT qualify. A patient with colon cancer and several
    local lymph nodes positive for tumor, but no other evidence of
    metastatic disease does NOT qualify. A patient with colon cancer with
    liver metastases and/or peritoneal seeding with tumor does qualify.
    Example: A patient with adenocarcinoma of the prostate confined to the
    capsule does NOT qualify. A patient with prostate cancer that extends
    through the capsule of the prostate only does NOT qualify. A patient
    with prostate cancer with bony metastases DOES qualify.
338.1 CHEMOTHERAPY IN LAST 30 DAYS 206;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if patient has undergone chemotherapy in the 30 days prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Enter "YES" if the patient had any chemotherapy treatment for cancer in the 30 days prior to surgery. Chemotherapy may include, but is not restricted to, oral and parenteral treatment with
    chemotherapeutic agents for malignancies such as colon, breast, lung, head and neck, and gastrointestinal solid tumors as well as lymphatic and hematopoietic malignancies such as lymphoma, leukemia, and multiple myeloma.
    Do not count if treatment consists solely of hormonal therapy. (See Operations Manual for list of chemotherapeutic agents.) Chemotherapy treatment must be for malignancy.
338.2 RADIOTHERAPY IN LAST 90 DAYS 206;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if patient had radiotherapy in the 90 days prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter "YES" if the patient had any radiotherapy treatment for cancer in the 90 days prior to surgery. If the patient had radiation seeds implanted, count if implantation is within 90 days prior to
    the operation.
339 STEROID USE FOR CHRONIC COND. 200;47 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient requires oral or parenteral steroid use for a chronic condition.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient has required the regular administration of oral or parenteral corticosteroid medications (e.g., Prednisone, Decadron) in the 30 days prior to admission for a chronic medical condition
    (e.g., COPD, asthma, rheumatologic disease, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease). Do not include topical corticosteroids applied to the skin or corticosteroids administered by inhalation or rectally. Do not
    include patients who only receive short course steroids (duration 10 days or less) in the 30 days prior to surgery. (See list of corticosteroids in Operations Manual.)
340 INTRAOP RBC UNITS TRANSFUSED 200;54 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>99)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of red blood cells transfused. Your answer should be from 0 to 99.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Indicate the number of packed or whole red blood cells given during the operative procedure as it appears on the anesthesia record. The amount of blood reinfused from the cell saver should also be
    noted here. For a cell saver, every 500 cc's of fluid will equal 1 unit of packed cells.  If there is less than 250 cc of fluid, enter 0.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
341 30 DAY POSTOP STATUS 205;2 SET
  • '1' FOR DISCHARGED ALIVE;
  • '2' FOR DIED IN HOSPITAL;
  • '3' FOR REMAINS IN VAMC FACILITY;
  • '4' FOR TRANSFERRED TO ANOTHER VAMC;
  • '5' FOR READMITTED;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 14, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the status of the patient 30 days postoperatively.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the patient's status 30 days postoperatively. Please select one of the following categories.
    1.  Discharged alive to home, nursing home, rehabilitation, or
    psychiatric facility 2.  Died in Hospital perioperatively or postoperatively 3.  Still in your VAMC facility in the ICU, on a medical-surgical
    floor, or undergoing rehabilitation therapy.  4.  Transferred to the ICU or acute care floor of another VAMC
    facility from your VAMC without going home 5.  Patient was discharged home, but was readmitted to any
    hospital within 30 days postoperatively due to a postoperative
    complication as confirmed by the Chief Surgical Resident,
    Principle Investigator, or Chief of Surgery.  If the patient
    was readmitted due to a postoperative complication, please
    enter the information in the outcome section of the assessment.
342 DATE OF DEATH 205;3 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EPT" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 30, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date/time that the patient died.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If the patient has died, this is the date/time of death.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
343 OTHER CNS OCCURRENCE 205;24 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  I $G(Y) S Y=$$ICDC^SROICD(Y),Y=$P(Y,"^")_" "_$P(Y,"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis code for any other CNS occurrence.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter any other neurologic related occurrences, which you feel to be significant and that are not covered by the predefined CNS occurrence categories. Enter the ICD-9-CM code for this entry.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
344 OTHER CARDIAC OCCURRENCE 205;29 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  I $G(Y) S Y=$$ICDC^SROICD(Y),Y=$P(Y,"^")_" "_$P(Y,"^",3)
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis code corresponding to the cardiac occurrence.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter any other cardiac related surgical occurrences which you feel to be significant and that are not covered by the predefined occurrence categories. Enter the ICD-9-CM code for this entry.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
345 ILEUS/BOWEL OBSTRUCTION 205;31 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 10, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a postoperative intestinal obstruction.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has prolonged ileus or bowel obstruction. Ileus is obstruction of the intestines from a variety of causes including mechanical obstruction, peritonitis, adhesions, or post surgically as
    a result of functional dysmotility by the bowel.  Bowel obstruction is any hindrance to the passage of the intestinal contents.  Prolonged ileus or obstruction is defined as persisting longer than 5 days postoperatively.
346 DIABETES 200;2 SET
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'O' FOR ORAL;
  • 'I' FOR INSULIN;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's diabetes status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Diabetes mellitus is a metabolic disorder of the pancreas whereby the individual requires daily dosages of exogenous parenteral insulin or an oral hypoglycemic agent to prevent a
    hyperglycemic/metabolic acidosis.  Report the treatment regimen of the patient's chronic, long-term management. Do not include a patient if diabetes is controlled by diet alone.
    No:      No diagnosis of diabetes or diabetes controlled by diet alone
    Oral:    A diagnosis of diabetes requiring therapy with an oral
    hypoglycemic agent (see list of oral hypoglycemic agents in
    Operations Manual)
    Insulin: A diagnosis of diabetes requiring daily insulin therapy (see
    list of insulin therapy agents in Operations Manual)
347 FEV1 206;5 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>9.9)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."2N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the FEV1 on the most recent PFT's (0 to 9.9).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the forced expiratory volume in one second from the most recent pulmonary function test prior to surgery. Enter 'NS' if there has been no pulmonary function tests in the preceding year.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
348 PULMONARY RALES 206;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 20, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has pulmonary rales within the two weeks preceding surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the chart documents rales not clearing with cough (and not due to pneumonic process) heard within two weeks before surgery. Do not include rales that clear with coughing, as these are
    usually due to atelectasis and carry a much more benign connotation. Please note, crackles are another common approach to noting that rales are present.
349 ACTIVE ENDOCARDITIS 206;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 20, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient is being treated, or has been treated within two weeks prior to surgery, for active endocarditis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient is being treated with antibiotics for active infection on or near a cardiac valve at the time of surgery or within 2 weeks prior to surgery. Endocarditis is defined as two
    or more blood cultures positive for the same organism, usually with evidence of a valvular vegetation or valve dysfunction by cardiac ultrasound. In the absence of positive blood cultures, there should be clear evidence of
    valve infection and/or destruction by ultrasound or direct observation at surgery with subsequent histologic confirmation.
350 RESTING ST DEPRESSION 206;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 27, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has defined Resting ST Depression.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has a ST-segment depression greater than or equal to 1 mm in any lead on standard resting electrocardiogram (ECG), and/or ECG diagnosis of subendocardial ischemia, left ventricular
    strain, or left ventricular hypertrophy with repolarization abnormality.
351 PCI 206;13 SET
  • '1' FOR NONE RECENT;
  • '2' FOR 12-72 HOURS PRIOR TO SURGERY;
  • '0' FOR NONE;
  • '3' FOR <12 hrs;
  • '12' FOR 12 - 72 hrs;
  • '72' FOR >72 hrs - 7 days;
  • '7' FOR >7 days;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the category that most accurately reflects the patient's Percutaneous Coronary Intervention.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate whether/when the patient had a percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI) prior to surgery. Previously, this data field was listed as a percutaneous transluminal coronary angiography (PTCA)
    [e.g., balloon angioplasty, directional coronary atherectomy (DCA), transluminal extraction catheter (TEC), stent, rotoblader, etc.] Indicate the one appropriate response, even if the procedure was not fully successful.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I ""1,2""'[Y"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of
352 NUM OF PRIOR HEART SURGERIES 206;15 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NONE;
  • '1' FOR 1;
  • '2' FOR 2;
  • '3' FOR 3;
  • '>' FOR >3;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter number of prior heart surgeries during a separate preceding hospitalization.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the number of previous heart surgeries the patient has had upon current admission, by referencing the patient history. The prior heart surgery/ies would have occurred during a separate
    hospitalization (more than 30 days prior to current surgery).  Both on and off-pump cardiac surgical procedures should be considered.  Count all surgical procedures performed during separate hospital admissions (not the
    number of grafts, and not additional procedures performed during the same admission due to a postoperative occurrence).  Indicate the one appropriate response: 0, 1, 2, 3, >3.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I ""Y""'[Y"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of Y code
353 CURRENT DIURETIC USE 206;20 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 27, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient used any diuretic preparation within two weeks of surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has used any diuretic preparation within the two weeks prior to surgery.
354 CURRENT DIGOXIN USE 206;21 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 27, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient used any digitalis preparation within two weeks of surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has used a digitalis preparation (digoxin, Lanoxin, digitoxin, ect.) within the two weeks prior to surgery.
355 IV NTG WITHIN 48 HOURS 206;22 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient was given nitroglycerin intravenously within 48 hours prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient was administered nitroglycerin intravenously within 48 hours prior to surgery.
356 PREOPERATIVE USE OF IABP 206;23 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 27, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if an intra-aortic ballon pump (IABP) was used within two weeks prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether there was any use of an intra-aortic balloon pump (IABP) within the two weeks prior to surgery.
357 LVEDP 206;24 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>60)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the LVEDP measured following the 'a' wave (if present) at catheterization. Your answer must be between 0 and 60.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the patient's left ventricular end-diastolic pressure measured following the a-wave (if present) at the cardiac catheterization most recent prior to surgery. If LVEDP was not measured,
    entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
358 AORTIC SYSTOLIC PRESSURE 206;25 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>300)!(X<15)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the aortic systolic pressure (15-300) measured prior to left ventricular angiography most closely preceding surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the patient's aortic systolic pressure measured prior to left ventricular angiography at the catheterization most recent prior to surgery. If aortic systolic pressure was not measured,
    entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
359 PA SYSTOLIC PRESSURE 206;26 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>150)!(X<-30)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's PA systolic pressure (-30 to 150).
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): For patients having a right heart catheterization, indicate the patient's pulmonary artery (PA) systolic pressure at the catheterization most recent prior to surgery. PA pressures obtained in the
    operating room prior to surgery are acceptable if they are obtained prior to anesthesia induction. If no right heart catheterization performed, entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
360 PAW MEAN PRESSURE 206;27 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>80)!(X<-15)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the mean pulmonary artery wedge (PAW) pressure (-15 to 80).
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): For patients having a right heart catheterization, indicate the patient's mean pulmonary artery wedge (PAW) [also called pulmonary capillary] pressure or left atrial pressure measured at the
    catheterization most recent prior to surgery. PAW pressures obtained in the operating room prior to surgery are acceptable if they are obtained prior to anesthesia induction. If no right heart or transseptal
    catheterization performed, entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
361 LEFT MAIN STENOSIS 206;28 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the percent (0-100) diameter reduction of the left main coronary artery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the most severe percent diameter reduction of the left main coronary artery, including its most distal portion. If there is no obstruction of the left main coronary artery, indicate zero.
    Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
362 CORONARIES WITH STENOSIS 206;29 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>3)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:NYUK="NS" X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the category related to the number of major coronaries with stenosis(es). Your answer should be from 0 to 3.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the category corresponding to the number of major coronaries with stenosis greater than or equal to 50%. The categories are as follows.
    0 - no stenosis in any coronary artery greater than or equal to
    50% (exclude diagonals)
    1 - one or more stenoses greater than or equal to 50% in the
    left anterior descending (does not include diagonals)
    or, circumflex (circumflex includes the marginal branches
    and ramus intermedius),
    or the right (right includes the posterior descending even
    if a branch of the circumflex)
    2 - Stenoses greater than or equal to 50% in the
    left main coronary artery,
    or the left anterior descending (does not include diagonals) and
    the right (right includes the posterior descending even if a
    branch of the circumflex),
    or the left anterior descending (does not include diagonals) and
    circumflex (circumflex includes the marginals and ramus intermedius),
    or the circumflex (circumflex includes the marginals and ramus
    intermedius) and the right (right includes the posterior descending
    even if a branch of the circumflex)
    3 - Stenoses greater than or equal to 50% in the
    left anterior descending (does not include diagonals) and the
    circumflex (circumflex includes the marginals and ramus intermedius)
    and right (right includes the posterior descending even if a branch
    of the circumflex)
    or left main and right (right includes the posterior descending
    even if a branch of the circumflex)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
362.1 LAD STENOSIS 206;33 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the percent (0-100) stenosis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the most severe percent stenosis in the left anterior descending coronary artery. Synonyms for this artery include: LAD, AD, and anterior descending (but does not include the diagonals).
    If there is no obstruction of the LAD, indicate zero. Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
362.2 RIGHT CORONARY STENOSIS 206;34 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the percent (0-100) stenosis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the most severe percent stenosis in the right coronary artery. Include the proximal third of the posterior descending coronary artery. The right coronary artery initially runs in the
    groove between the right ventricle and right atrium; it usually gives off branches to both the right and left ventricles and the right atrium. The branches to the right atrium (sinus node artery) and right ventricle (conus
    branch and acute marginal branches) are commonly ignored when describing coronary artery disease. However, the right coronary artery is the most common source for the posterior descending coronary artery and often
    gives-off branches to the posterior-lateral free wall of the left ventricle. These are often known as left ventricular extension branches and are considered branches of the circumflex for the coding of severity of coronary
    disease. If there is no obstruction of these coronary arteries, indicate zero. Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
362.3 CIRCUMFLEX STENOSIS 206;35 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the percent (0-100) stenosis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the most severe percent stenosis in the circumflex coronary artery, including marginal branches and ramus intermedius considered to be of adequate size for bypass grafting. Both the
    anatomy and nomenclature for describing the circumflex coronary artery can be confusing -- in part, because of the marked variability from patient to patient. The true circumflex lies in the groove separating the left
    atrium from the left ventricle (A-V groove) for a variable distance following its origination from the left main coronary artery.  Typically, it gives-off one or more branches that leave the A-V groove to supply the
    posterior-lateral free wall of the left ventricle. These are known as marginal branches. A few patients have a branch to the posterior-lateral free wall of the left ventricle arising exactly at the bifurcation of the left
    main coronary artery into the left anterior descending coronary artery and the circumflex coronary artery. Strictly speaking, this vessel is neither a diagonal branch of the left anterior descending coronary artery nor a
    marginal branch of the circumflex coronary artery. This is often called the "ramus intermedius" or "trifurcation branch". If there is no obstruction of these coronary arteries, indicate zero. Entering "NS" for "No
    Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
363 LV CONTRACTION SCORE 206;30 SET
  • 'I' FOR > OR EQUAL 0.55 NORMAL;
  • 'II' FOR 0.45-0.54 MILD DYSFUNC.;
  • 'III' FOR 0.35-0.44 MOD. DYSFUNC.;
  • 'IIIa' FOR 0.40-0.44 MOD. DYSFUNC. A;
  • 'IIIb' FOR 0.35-0.39 MOD. DYSFUNC. B;
  • 'IV' FOR 0.25-0.34 SEVERE DYSFUNC.;
  • 'V' FOR <0.25 VERY SEVERE DYSFUNC.;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 28, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the grade that best describes left ventricular function.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the left ventricular contraction grade, where the function is assessed from the preoperative contrast ventriculogram, radionuclide angiogram, or 2-D echocardiogram. If ejection fraction is
    available, indicate the corresponding grade; otherwise, indicate the grade that qualitatively reflects left ventricular function.  Ejection fraction is defined as the proportion of blood that is ejected during each
    ventricular contraction compared with the total ventricular filling volume. Indicate the one most appropriate response: I - Ejection fraction >= 0.55 or narrative reports indicating normal left ventricular function.
    II - Ejection fraction range from 0.45 to 0.54 or narrative report indicating mild left ventricular dysfunction.
    IIIa - Ejection fraction range from 0.40 to 0.44 or narrative report indicating moderate left ventricular dysfunction. If "moderate" is the only rating available, select this category.
    IIIb - Ejection fraction range from 0.35 to 0.39 or narrative report indicating moderately severe left ventricular dysfunction.
    IV - Ejection fraction range from 0.25 to 0.34 or narrative report indicating severe left ventricular dysfunction.
    V - Ejection fraction < 0.25 or narrative report indicating very severe left ventricular dysfunction.
    NS - If unable to make an assessment of the patient's left ventricular contraction grade or no study was performed, entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""III"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of code III.
364 ESTIMATE OF MORTALITY 206;31 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:NYUK="NS"!(NYUK="ns") X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 25, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the physician's preoperative estimate of operative mortality.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): This is the physician's (cardiologist or cardiac surgeon) subjective estimate of operative mortality based on the assessment of the total clinical picture. (To avoid bias introduced by knowledge of
    outcome, this must be completed preoperatively.  Do not calculate from the computer program provided to you.)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
364.1 ESTIMATE OF MORTALITY, DATE 206;32 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ETXRP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS" D:$D(X) NC^SROAUTL
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 06, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time that the estimate of operative mortality was documented.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date and time that the estimate of mortality information was collected.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
365 NUMBER WITH VEIN 207;1 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>10)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of CABG distal anastomoses to native coronary arteries with vein.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries with vein regardless of whether other procedures were performed. Do not leave this information blank. If no coronary
    artery bypass grafts were performed, enter '0'.
366 NUMBER WITH IMA 207;2 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>10)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of CABG distal anastomoses to native coronary arteries with IMA.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries with internal mammary arteries (IMA) regardless of whether other procedures were performed. Do not leave this field blank.
    If no coronary artery bypass grafts were performed, enter '0'.
367 AORTIC VALVE REPLACEMENT 207;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had an aortic valve replacement.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient had an aortic valve replacement (either the native or a prosthetic aortic valve) performed with or without additional procedure(s), either with or without placing the
    patient on cardiopulmonary bypass.
368 MITRAL VALVE REPLACEMENT 207;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a mitral valve replacement.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient had a mitral valve replacement (either the native or a prosthetic aortic valve) performed with or without additional procedure(s), either with or without placing the patient
    on cardiopulmonary bypass.
369 TRICUSPID VALVE REPLACEMENT 207;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a tricuspid valve replacement.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had a tricuspid valve replacement performed with or without additional procedures.
370 VALVE REPAIR 207;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • '1' FOR AORTIC;
  • '2' FOR MITRAL;
  • '3' FOR TRICUSPID;
  • '4' FOR OTHER/COMBINATION;
  • '5' FOR NONE;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 01, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Indicate whether/where patient had a reparative procedure to a native valve.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if the patient has had any reparative procedure to a native valve, either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass. Valve repair is defined as a procedure performed on
    the native valve to relieve stenosis and/or correct regurgitation (annuloplasty, commissurotomy, etc.); the native valve remains in place. Indicate the one appropriate response.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I ""Y""'[Y"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of Y entries.
371 LV ANEURYSMECTOMY 207;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a resection or plication of left ventricular aneurysm with or without additional procedures.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had a resection or plication of a left ventricular aneurysm with or without additional procedures.
372 GREAT VESSEL REPAIR (Y/N) 207;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 14, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a primary procedure to repair the aorta or other great vessels.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if patient had a thoracic great vessel open repair of the aorta (ascending, transverse, and/or descending) or other great vessels, with or without cardiopulmonary bypass, with or without
    aortic valve replacement, CABG, or other procedure but excluding an endovascular repair of the descending thoracic aorta.
373 CARDIAC TRANSPLANT 207;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a cardiac transplant.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if an orthotopic or heterotopic transplant was performed at this procedure either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass. (YES/NO) Heart-lung transplant should be
    listed under "Other cardiac procedures."
374 ELECTROPHYSIOLOGIC PROCEDURE 207;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if an electrophysiologic procedure was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether any procedure was performed with cardiopulmonary bypass to correct an electrophysiologic disturbance, such as resection of bypass tract(s) for WPW or endocardial resection for ventricular
    tachycardia.  (This does not include implantation of automatic internal cardiac defibrillator AICD)
375 MISC. CARDIAC PROCEDURES 207;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 05, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if any of the miscellaneous cardiac procedures were performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether there were any miscellaneous cardiac procedures performed.
376 ASD REPAIR 207;12 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if there was a repair of an atrial septal defect.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines if there was a procedure performed to repair an atrial septal defect.
377 MYXOMA RESECTION 207;14 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if there was a resection of an atrial myxoma.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether a resection of an atrial myxoma was performed.
378 MYECTOMY FOR IHSS 207;16 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a myectomy for IHSS.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had a resection of a portion of the interventricular septum for idiopathic hypertrophic subaortic stenosis (IHSS).
379 OTHER TUMOR RESECTION 207;18 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a resection of any tumor other than atrial myxoma from the heart requiring CPB.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if patient had resection of any tumor other than atrial myxoma from the heart either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass.
380 VSD REPAIR 207;13 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a procedure to repair a ventricular septal defect (VSD).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had a procedure performed to repair a ventricular septal defect.
381 FOREIGN BODY REMOVAL 207;15 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a procedure to remove any foreign body from the heart.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether a procedure was performed to remove any foreign body (e.g. bullet or catheter fragment) from the heart with the aid of cardiopulmonary bypass.
382 PERICARDIECTOMY 207;17 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a pericardiectomy on CPB.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had a resection of the parietal pericardium with the aid of cardiopulmonary bypass. (NOTE: most pericardiectomies are performed without cardiopulmonary bypass)
383 OTHER PROCEDURES (Y/N) 207;19 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 1992
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had any other surgical procedure on the heart and/or great vessels requiring CPB.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient had any other surgical procedure on the heart and/or great vessels (including AICD placement) requiring cardiopulmonary bypass.
383.1 OTHER CARDIAC PROCEDURES 207.1;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:$L(X)>235!($L(X)<3) X S:NYUK="NS" X=NYUK K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-235 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): This is the free text description of other procedures requiring cardiopulmonary bypass that were performed on this patient at the same time as the primary cardiac procedure.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
384 OPERATIVE DEATH 208;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 28, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient died. Enter "??" for the complete definition of OPERATIVE DEATH.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if the patient died within the 30 days after surgery in or out of the hospital regardless of cause; or within the index hospitalization regardless of cause; or patient died greater than 30
    days as a direct result of a perioperative occurrence of the surgery (e.g., mediastinitis).  ("Discharge" can be noted when the patient leaves the Acute Care arena.)
385 PERIOPERATIVE MI 208;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 22, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a perioperative myocardial infarction.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): A new transmural acute myocardial infarction occurring during surgery or within 30 days following surgery as manifested by new Q-waves on ECG. Non-Q-wave infarctions should be entered under
    "OTHER".
    CICSP Definition (2007): Indicate the presence of a peri-operative MI if at least one of the following criteria occurs either intraoperatively or postoperatively within 30 days:
    1. Evolutionary ST-segment elevations
    2. Development of new Q-waves in two or more contiguous ECG leads
    3. New or presumably new LBBB pattern on the ECG.
386 ENDOCARDITIS 208;3 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has any postoperative intracardiac infection.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004) Indicate if the chart documents that active endocarditis was present within 30 days postoperatively. Endocarditis is defined as any postoperative intracardiac infection (usually on a valve)
    documented by two or more positive blood cultures with the same organism, and/or development of vegetations and valve destruction seen by echo or repeat surgery, and/or histologic evidence of infection at repeat surgery or
    autopsy. Patients with preoperative endocarditis who have the above evidence of persistent infection should be included.
387 LOW CARDIAC OUTPUT > 6 HOURS 208;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has low cardiac output for greater than or equal to 6 hours.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has had a postoperative cardiac index of less than 2.0 L/min/M2 and/or peripheral manifestations (e.g. oliguria) of low cardiac output present for 6 or more hours following surgery
    requiring inotropic and/or intra-aortic balloon pump support.
388 MEDIASTINITIS 208;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 09, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a bacterial infection below the sternum.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient developed a bacterial infection involving the sternum or deep to the sternum requiring drainage and anti-microbial therapy diagnosed within 30 days after surgery.
389 REOPERATION FOR BLEEDING 208;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 09, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient had a re-exploration of the thorax for suspected bleeding.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if there was any re-exploration of the thorax for suspected bleeding within 30 days of surgery.
390 STROKE 208;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has any new objective neurologic defect lasting > or = 30 minutes.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if there was any new objective neurologic deficit lasting > 72 hours with onset immediately post-operatively or occurring within the 30 days after surgery.
391 REPEAT CARDIAC SURG PROCEDURE 208;7 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if a repeat operation on the heart occurred.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the CPB status if the patient underwent a repeat operation on the heart after the patient had left the operating room from the initial operation and within current hospitalization or
    within 30 days of the initial operation.
392 OTHER OCCURRENCES (ICD9) 205;36 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis Code for any other occurrence.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter any other surgical occurrences which you feel to be significant and that are not covered by the predefined occurrence categories. Enter the ICD-9-CM code for this entry.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
393 RE-TRANSMISSION RA;3 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>1)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 20, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 1 if this assessment will be re-transmitted.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the assessment will be re-transmitted. It will automatically be set to '1' when a transmitted assessment is updated to an INCOMPLETE status to edit and re-transmit.
394 HISTORY OF MI 200;31 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has a history of MI in the 6 months prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): The history of a non-Q wave or a Q wave infarct in the six months prior to surgery as diagnosed in the patient's medical record.
395 ANGINA ONE MONTH PRIOR 200;34 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 01, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has had angina within one month prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Pain or discomfort between the diaphragm and the mandible resulting from myocardial ischemia. Typically angina is a dull, diffuse (fist-sized or larger) substernal chest discomfort precipitated by
    exertion or emotion and relieved by rest or nitroglycerine. Radiation to the arms and shoulders often occurs, and occasionally to the neck, jaw (mandible, not maxilla), or interscapular region. Documentation in the chart
    by the physician should state 'angina' or 'anginal equivalent'. For patients on anti-anginal medications, enter 'yes' only if the patient has had angina at any time within 30 days prior to surgery.
396 CHF WITHIN ONE MONTH 200;35 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has had CHF within one month prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Congestive Heart Failure is the inability of the heart to pump a sufficient quantity of blood to meet the metabolic needs of the body or can do so only at increased ventricular filling pressure.
    Only newly diagnosed CHF within the previous 30 days or a diagnosis of chronic CHF with new signs or symptoms in the 30 days prior to surgery fulfills this definition. Common manifestations are:
    - Abnormal limitation in exercise tolerance due to dyspnea or fatigue
    - Orthopnea (dyspnea on lying supine)
    - Paroxysmal nocturnal dyspnea (PND-awakening from sleep with dyspnea)
    - Increased jugular venous pressure
    - Pulmonary rales on physical examination
    - Cardiomegaly
    - Pulmonary vascular engorgement
    Should be noted in the medical record as CHF, congestive heart failure, or pulmonary edema.
397 SEVERE HEAD TRAUMA (Y/N) 200;20 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 10, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has sustained severe head trauma.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This determines whether the patient has sustained open or closed trauma to the head from external force, violence, or accident with resulting impairment in neurological function as manifested by motor, sensory, or
    cognitive impairments.
398 QUADRIPLEGIA (Y/N) 200;22 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 24, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has total or partial paralysis or paresis of all four extremities.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient has sustained acute or chronic neuromuscular injury resulting in total or partial paralysis or paresis (weakness) of all four extremities.
399 PARAPLEGIA (Y/N) 200;23 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has total or partial paralysis or paresis of the lower extremities.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient has sustained acute or chronic neuromuscular injury resulting in total or partial paralysis or paresis (weakness) of the lower extremities.
400 HEMIPLEGIA/HEMIPARESIS (Y/N) 200;24 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has total or partial paralysis or paresis on one side of the body.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient has sustained acute or chronic neuromuscular injury resulting in total or partial paralysis or paresis (weakness) of one side of the body. Enter YES if the patient has
    hemiplegia/hemiparesis (that has not recovered or been rehabilitated) upon arrival to the OR. Enter YES if there is hemiplegia or hemiparesis associated with a CVA/Stroke also.
401 TUMOR INVOLVING CNS (Y/N) 200;29 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has a tumor involving the central nervous system.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2007): Space-occupying tumor of the brain and spinal cord, which may be benign (e.g., meningiomas, ependymoma, oligodendroglioma) or primary (e.g., astrocytoma, glioma, glioblastoma multiform) or
    secondary malignancies (e.g., metastatic lung, breast, malignant melanoma). Other tumors that may involve the CNS include lymphomas and sarcomas. Answer "YES" even if the tumor was not treated. A patient with metastatic
    cancer with boney mets to spine is a CNS tumor. Answer "NO" if tumor was removed.
402 GENERAL (Y/N) 200;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 12, 1991
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has any general medical problems.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This determines whether the patient has any general medical problems, such as diabetes, dyspnea, or alcohol related illnesses.
403 WOUND OCCURRENCES 205;5 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 26, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient has any postoperative wound occurrences.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This determines whether the patient had any postoperative wound occurrences.
404 WOUND DISRUPTION 205;8 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Yes if the patient has postoperative wound disruption.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): Separation of the layers of a surgical wound, which may be partial or complete, with disruption of the fascia.
405 LOW SERUM SODIUM 203;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the lowest postoperative serum sodium result recorded within 30 days postoperatively. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or
    ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
406 LOW POTASSIUM 203;4 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>3!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 10, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-3 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the lowest recorded postoperative potassium result. Data input must be 1 to 3 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study" is
    also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
407 LOW SODIUM, DATE 204;2 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the lowest postoperative serum sodium was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the lowest serum sodium test result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
408 LOW POTASSIUM, DATE 204;4 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the lowest postoperative potassium was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the lowest potassium test result was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
409 RENAL INSUFFICIENCY 205;16 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has progressive renal insufficiency.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): The reduced capacity of the kidney to perform its function as evidenced by a rise in creatinine of >2 mg/dl from preoperative value, but with no requirement for dialysis.
410 COMA > 24 HOURS POSTOP 205;22 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has significantly impaired level of consciousness > or = 24 hours postoperatively.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2006): Patient is unconscious, postures to painful stimuli, or is unresponsive to all stimuli (exclude transient disorientation or psychosis) for greater than 24 hours during postoperative
    hospitalization. Do not include drug-induced coma (e.g. Propofol drips, etc.)
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if postoperatively within 30 days of surgery there was a significantly decreased level of consciousness (exclude transient disorientation or psychosis) for greater than or equal to 24
    hours as evidenced by lack of response to deep, painful stimuli.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""NS"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of retired code.
411 CARDIAC ARREST REQ CPR 205;26 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient has had postoperative cardiac arrest requiring CPR.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if there was any cardiac arrest requiring external or open cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) occurring in the operating room, ICU, ward, or out-of-hospital after the chest had been
    completely closed and within 30 days of surgery. (YES/NO)
    If patient had cardiac arrest requiring CPR, indicate whether the arrest occurred intraoperatively or postoperatively. Indicate the one appropriate response:
    - intraoperatively: occurring while patient was in the operating room
    - postoperatively:  occurring after patient left the operating room
    NSQIP Definition (2006): The absence of cardiac rhythm or presence of chaotic cardiac rhythm that results in loss of consciousness requiring the initiation of any component of basic and/or advanced cardiac life support.
    Patients with AICDs that fire but the patient does not lose consciousness should be excluded.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""NS"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of retired code.
412 UNPLANNED INTUBATION (Y/N) 205;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the patient had an unplanned intubation due to respiratory or cardiac failure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Patient required placement of an endotracheal tube and mechanical or assisted ventilation because of the onset of respiratory or cardiac failure manifested by severe respiratory distress, hypoxia,
    hypercarbia, or respiratory acidosis. In patients who were intubated for their surgery, unplanned intubation occurs after they have been extubated after surgery. In patients who were not intubated during surgery,
    intubation at any time after their surgery is considered unplanned.
413 TRANSFER STATUS 208;11 SET
  • '1' FOR NOT TRANSFERRED;
  • '2' FOR NON-VAMC ACUTE CARE HOSPITAL;
  • '3' FOR VAMC ACUTE CARE HOSPITAL;
  • '4' FOR NON-VA NURSING/CHRONIC CARE/SCI/INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITY;
  • '5' FOR VA NURSING HOME/CHRONIC CARE/SCI/INTERMEDIATE CARE FACILITY;
  • '6' FOR OTHER;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 01, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the transfer status of this patient upon admission.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Was the patient transferred directly from another healthcare facility and admitted to this hospital? Please select from the following choices. If the patient was admitted from home, select #1. If
    the patient was transferred from another facility, please select from choices #2-6.
    (1) Not transferred from a health care facility; admitted directly
    from home
    (2) Non-VAMC Acute Care Hospital
    (3) VAMC Acute Care Hospital
    (4) Non-VA Nursing Home/Chronic Care Facility/Spinal Cord Injury
    Unit/Intermediate Care Unit
    (5) VA Nursing Home/Chronic Care Facility/Spinal Cord Injury
    Unit/Intermediate Care Unit
    (6) Other (for example, Domiciliary)
    * If a patient arrives from another hospital's emergency department, report as #1. If you cannot determine what kind of facility, enter "OTHER".
414 CARDIAC SURGICAL PRIORITY 208;12 SET
  • '1' FOR ELECTIVE;
  • '2' FOR URGENT;
  • '3' FOR EMERGENT (ONGOING ISCHEMIA);
  • '4' FOR EMERGENT (HEMODYNAMIC COMPROMISE);
  • '5' FOR EMERGENT (ARREST WITH CPR);

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 22, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the surgical priority that most accurately reflects the acuity of patient's cardiovascular condition at the time of transport to the operating room.
  • DESCRIPTION:  If this is a cardiac procedure, this is the surgical priority reflecting the patient's cardiovascular condition at the time of transport to the operating room:
    1. Elective - Patient placed on elective schedule with surgery usually
    performed > 72 hours following catheterization.
    2. Urgent - Clinical condition mandates prompt surgery usually within
    12 to 72 hours of catheterization (patients clinically stable on a
    circulatory support system should be included in this category).
    3. Emergent (ongoing ischemia) - Clinical condition mandates immediate
    surgery usually on day of catheterization because of ischemia
    despite medical therapy, such as intravenous nitroglycerine.
    Ischemia should be manifested as chest pain and/or ST-segment
    depression.
    4. Emergent (hemodynamic compromise) - Persistent hypotension (arterial
    systolic pressure < 80 mm Hg) and/or low cardiac output (cardiac
    index < 2.0 L/min/MxM) despite iontropic and/or mechanical
    circulatory support mandates immediate surgery within hours of the
    cardiac catheterization.
    5. Emergent (arrest with CPR) - Patient is taken to the operating room
    in full cardiac arrest with the circulation supported by
    cardiopulmonary resuscitation (excludes patients being adequately
    perfused by a cardiopulmonary support system).
414.1 SURGICAL PRIORITY, DATE 208;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="ETXRP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time that the cardiac surgical priority was documented.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date and time that the cardiac surgical priority information was collected.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
415 MITRAL REGURGITATION 206;9 SET
  • '0' FOR NONE;
  • '1' FOR MILD;
  • '2' FOR MODERATE;
  • '3' FOR SEVERE;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code describing presence/severity of mitral regurgitation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the severity of any mitral regurgitation documented for the patient. This question should be answered using either the left ventricular angiogram or the cardiac ultrasound examination.
    Adjectives used to describe the severity of the mitral regurgitation on the cardiac cath report should be converted to a four-point scale: 1+ = mild, 2 or 3+ = moderate, and 4+ = severe.
    Diagnosis by angiogram:
    =======================
    The following definitions should be used to assess the presence/severity of mitral regurgitation based on the interpretation of the contrast left ventricular angiogram:
    None/Trivial - There is no visible systolic regurgitation across the mitral valve. Trace or trivial notations of mitral regurgitation should be listed as none.
    Mild - Definite contrast can be seen in the left atrium following left ventricular injection, but the left atrium never fills to the same opacity as the left ventricle.
    Moderate - The left atrium fills to the same opacity as the left ventricle over two or more systoles.
    Severe - The left atrium fills to the same opacity as the left ventricle over a single systole.
    NS - If unable to make an assessment of the patient's left ventricular contraction grade or no study was performed, entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
    Diagnosis by cardiac ultrasound:
    ================================
    The following definitions are commonly used to assess the presence/severity of mitral regurgitation based on the interpretation of the cardiac ultrasound examination:
    None/Trivial - No regurgitant jet is seen on the Doppler study. Trace or trivial notations of mitral regurgitation should be listed as none.
    Mild - The area of the regurgitant jet is 0 - 4 cm2.
    Moderate - The area of the regurgitant jet is >4 - 8 cm2.
    Severe - The area of the regurgitant jet is greater than 8 cm2 or greater than one third of the total left atrial area.
    NS - If no study was performed, entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
416 NUMBER WITH OTHER CONDUIT 207;20 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>9)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a Number between 0 and 9, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): This is the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries with other conduit(s) regardless of whether other procedures were performed. Do not leave this
    information blank.  If no coronary artery bypass grafts with other conduits were performed, enter '0'.
417 RACE 208;10 SET
  • '1' FOR HISPANIC, WHITE;
  • '2' FOR HISPANIC, BLACK;
  • '3' FOR AMERICAN INDIAN OR ALASKA NATIVE;
  • '4' FOR BLACK, NOT OF HISPANIC ORIGIN;
  • '5' FOR ASIAN OR PACIFIC ISLANDER;
  • '6' FOR WHITE, NOT OF HISPANIC ORIGIN;
  • '7' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 06, 1996
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the race of the patient.  This is a standard set of codes and should not be edited.
418 HOSPITAL ADMISSION DATE 208;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA" D:$D(X) NC^SROAUTL
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time of the hospital admission associated with this surgical case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The date and time of admission to this VAMC as found in the PIMS package. If the patient was admitted directly to surgery and then admitted to the hospital, use the date of surgery as the date of
    admission. Enter NA if this date is not applicable.
    CICSP Definition (2004) Indicate the date and time of the hospital admission associated with this surgical case. Entering NA for "NOT APPLICABLE" is not allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
419 HOSPITAL DISCHARGE DATE 208;15 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA" D:$D(X) NC^SROAUTL
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time of the hospital discharge associated with this surgical case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The date and time of discharge as pulled from the PIMS package. Enter NA if this date is not applicable.
    CICSP Definition (2004) Indicate the date of the hospital discharge associated with this surgical case. Patients transferred to a referring facility should be indicated as discharged from current admission. Patients
    transferred to the psychiatric unit or any chronic care facility located at the VA facility (e.g., a nursing home) should be indicated as discharged from current admission at the date and time of the transfer to this
    different facility. (Do not indicate the date of data input, unless the patient was actually discharged on this same date.)
    Patients who remain as inpatients for reasons other than for post-open heart procedures should continue to be followed until discharged (including the rehabilitation service) even if the cardiothoracic team discharges the
    patient from their service or would discharge the patient home. If the patient remains in the hospital and/or has subsequent surgeries, indicate such in the "resource data comments" section.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
420 ADMISSION/TRANSFER DATE 208;16 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date of transfer to surgical service for this surgical episode or enter NA if this date is not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): If the patient was not initially admitted to the surgical service, the date and time of transfer to surgical service for this surgical episode will be entered from the PIMS package. Enter 'NA' if
    this date is not applicable, e.g. outpatient not admitted or observed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
421 DISCHARGE/TRANSFER DATE 208;17 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter date and time of the patient's discharge or transfer from the surgical or medical service to a chronic care setting, or enter NA if this date is not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The date and time of the patient's discharge or transfer from the surgical or medical service to a chronic care setting. i.e., spinal cord injury unit, psychiatric facility or psychiatric unit,
    nursing home care unit or facility, or intermediate medicine. Acute care beds must be established locally with the assistance of your station IRM service.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
430 CARDIAC RISK PREOP COMMENTS 206.1;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>130!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-130 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate in the comment field any preoperative patient risk factors (not previously entered above) that may contribute to this patient's risk of operative mortality. (The maximum length of this
    field is 130 characters.)
431 CARDIAC RESOURCE DATA COMMENTS 206.2;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>130!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 18, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-130 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate additional comments related to this case prior to transmission to Denver by the SCNR/Data Manager (limit 130 characters).
439 BATISTA PROCEDURE USED (Y/N) 207;23 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 04, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter whether the Batista Procedure was used or not.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Was the Batista procedure used, Yes or No?
440 CARDIAC CATHETERIZATION DATE 207;21 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S:X="NS"!(X="ns") X="NS" Q:X="NS" S %DT="ETPX" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 07, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date of the cardiac catheterization closest to and prior to the date of operation or enter NS if unknown or not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Record the appropriate date of the most recent cardiac catheterization prior to surgery.  Enter NS if unknown or not applicable.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
441 MINIMALLY INVASIVE PROC (Y/N) 207;22 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 17, 1997
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Was a minimally invasive procedure technique used, Yes or No?
442 EMPLOYMENT STATUS PREOPERATIVE 208;18 SET
  • '1' FOR EMPLOYED FULL TIME;
  • '2' FOR EMPLOYED PART TIME;
  • '3' FOR NOT EMPLOYED;
  • '4' FOR SELF EMPLOYED;
  • '5' FOR RETIRED;
  • '6' FOR ACTIVE MILITARY DUTY;
  • '9' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 28, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's employment status preoperatively.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Employment status preoperatively is to be defined in the broad sense of regularly performed work activity with remuneration.
443 INTRAOP DISSEMINATED CANCER 200.1;4 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 13, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if cancer was found during the operative procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2006): Patients who have cancer that was found during the operative procedure that:
    (1) Has spread to one site or more sites in addition to the primary
    site
    AND
    (2) In whom the presence of multiple metastases indicates the cancer is
    widespread, fulminant, or near terminal. Other terms describing
    disseminated cancer include "diffuse," "widely metastatic,"
    "widespread," or "carcinomatosis" or AJCC "Stage IV" cancer. Common
    sites of metastases include major organs (e.g., brain, lung, liver,
    meninges, abdomen, peritoneum, pleura, bone).
    Example: A patient with a primary breast cancer with positive nodes in the axilla does NOT qualify for this definition. She has spread of the tumor to a site other than the primary site, but does not have widespread
    metastases. A patient with primary breast cancer with positive nodes in the axilla AND liver metastases does qualify, because she has both spread of the tumor to the axilla and other major organs.
    Example: A patient with colon cancer and no positive nodes or distant metastases does NOT qualify. A patient with colon cancer and several local lymph nodes positive for tumor, but no other evidence of metastatic disease
    does NOT qualify. A patient with colon cancer with liver metastases and/or peritoneal seeding with tumor does qualify.
    Example: A patient with adenocarcinoma of the prostate confined to the capsule does NOT qualify. A patient with prostate cancer that extends through the capsule of the prostate only does NOT qualify. A patient with
    prostate cancer with bony metastases DOES qualify.
    * Report Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia (ALL) and Acute Myelogenous
    Leukemia (AML) under this variable. Do not report Chronic Lymphocytic
    Leukemia (CLL), Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia (CML) or Stage IV
    lymphoma, as disseminated cancer.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I ""NS""'=Y"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive code.
444 PREOPERATIVE ANION GAP 203;15 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 27, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative Anion Gap calculation. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No Study"
    is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
444.1 PREOP ANION GAP, DATE 204;15 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date the preoperative Anion Gap was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date the preoperative Anion Gap was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
445 HIGHEST ANION GAP 203;16 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 27, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the highest postoperative anion gap recorded. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS" for "No
    Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
445.1 HIGH ANION GAP, DATE 204;16 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest postop Anion Gap was recorded.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the highest postoperative Anion Gap was recorded.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
446 INTRAOPERATIVE ASCITES 200.1;6 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 22, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Yes or No. NS is not allowed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2007): Intraoperative Ascites is defined as the presence of fluid accumulation in the peritoneal cavity noted during the operative procedure.
447 CLOSTRIDIUM DIFFICILE COLITIS 205;39 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 02, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient had postoperative C. difficile colitis.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2008): C. difficile-associated disease occurs when the normal intestinal flora is altered, allowing C. difficile to flourish in the intestinal tract and produce a toxin that causes a watery diarrhea. C.
    difficile diarrhea is confirmed by the presence of a toxin in a stool specimen.  Answer yes only if you have a positive culture for C. difficile and/or a toxin assay and diagnosis of C. difficile documented in the chart.
450 TOTAL ISCHEMIC TIME 206;36 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 02, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a Number between 0 and 9999, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    Record in minutes the duration of time the ascending aorta is totally cross-clamped.  Do not include the duration of partial aorta cross-clamp used for sewing the proximal anastomoses.
451 TOTAL CPB TIME 206;37 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>9999)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 08, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a Number between 0 and 9999, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  Record in minutes the total cardiopulmonary bypass time. This includes the total duration of full and partial cardiopulmonary bypass from all episodes of cardiopulmonary bypass. This information can generally be found on
    the perfusionist record and/or the anesthesia record.
452 OBSERVATION ADMISSION DATE 208.1;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time the patient was admitted for observation or enter NA if this information is not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): An observation patient is one who presents with a medical condition with a significant degree of instability or disability, and who needs to be monitored, evaluated and assessed for either
    admission to inpatient status or assignment to care in another setting. An observation patient can occupy a special bed set aside for this purpose or may occupy a bed in any unit of a hospital, i.e., urgent care, medical
    unit. These types of patients should be evaluated against standard inpatient criteria. These beds are not designed to be a holding area for Emergency Rooms. The length-of-stay in observation beds will not exceed 23 hours.
    Following surgery, if the patient was admitted for observation, this is the date and time of admission for observation. If this information is not applicable, enter NA.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
453 OBSERVATION DISCHARGE DATE 208.1;2 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 08, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date and time the patient was discharged from observation or enter NA if this information is not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): If the patient was admitted for observation following surgery, this is the date and time of discharge from observation. If this information in not applicable, enter NA.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
454 OBSERVATION TREATING SPECIALTY 208.1;3 POINTER TO SPECIALTY FILE (#42.4) SPECIALTY(#42.4)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S:X="NA"!(X="na") X="NA" Q:X="NA" S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(42.4,Y,0),U)[""OBSERVATION""" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the observation treating specialty associated with the admission for observation or enter NA if this information is not applicable.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    NSQIP Definition (2004): If the patient was admitted for observation following surgery, this is the observation treating specialty to which the patient was admitted.  If this information is not applicable, enter NA.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^DIC(42.4,Y,0),U)[""OBSERVATION"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen allows selection of OBSERVATION specialties only.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
455 HIGHEST SERUM TROPONIN I 203;13 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the highest postoperative serum cardiac troponin I test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering
    "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
455.1 HIGH SERUM TROPONIN I, DATE 204;13 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest postop troponin I was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the highest postop serum troponin I was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
456 HIGHEST SERUM TROPONIN T 203;14 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 1999
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the highest postoperative serum cardiac troponin T test. Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering
    "NS" for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
456.1 HIGH SERUM TROPONIN T, DATE 204;14 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the highest postop troponin T was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the highest postop serum troponin T was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
457 HDL (CARDIAC) 201;21 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 22, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the HDL result (mg/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
457.1 HDL, DATE 202;21 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date that the HDL was performed and must not be more than 1000 days before surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the date that the preoperative HDL value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the HDL test was not performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
458 SERUM TRIGLYCERIDE (CARDIAC) 201;22 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S:X="NS"!(X="ns") X="NS" Q:X="NS" K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 22, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the Serum Triglyceride result (mg/dl) preoperatively          evaluated closest to surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
458.1 SERUM TRIGLYCERIDE, DATE (CAR) 202;22 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date that the Serum Triglyceride was performed and must not be more than 1000 days before surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the date that the preoperative Serum Triglyceride value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the Serum Triglyceride test was not performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
459 SERUM POTASSIUM (CARDIAC) 201;23 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 30, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the serum potassium result (mg/L) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery but not greater than 90 days before surgery.  Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
459.1 SERUM POTASSIUM, DATE(CARDIAC) 202;23 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the Serum Potassium was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the date that the preoperative Serum Potassium value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the Serum Potassium test was not performed or was performed more than 90 days before surgery.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
460 SERUM BILIRUBIN (CARDIAC) 201;24 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 30, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the serum bilirubin result (mg/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery but not greater than 90 days before surgery.  Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
460.1 SERUM BILIRUBIN, DATE (CARD) 202;24 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the Serum Bilirubin was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate the date that the preoperative Serum Bilirubin value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the Serum Bilirubin test was not performed or was performed more than 90 days before surgery.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
461 LDL (CARDIAC) 201;25 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 08, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the LDL result (mg/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
461.1 LDL, DATE (CARDIAC) 202;25 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date that the LDL was performed and must not be more than 1000 days before surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the date that the preoperative LDL value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the LDL test was not performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
462 TOTAL CHOLESTEROL (CARDIAC) 201;26 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 22, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the Total Cholesterol result (mg/dl) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
462.1 TOTAL CHOLESTEROL, DATE 202;26 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date that the Total Cholesterol was performed and must not be more than 1000 days before surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the date that the preoperative Total Cholesterol value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the Cholesterol test was not performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
463 HYPERTENSION 206;38 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 15, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if there is any indication that the patient has hypertension.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient has a documented history of hypertension with or without current treatment of antihypertensive medication(s). If a diuretic agent is prescribed to treat hypertension,
    indicate Yes for both the hypertension and the diuretic questions. (YES/NO).
464 NUMBER WITH RADIAL ARTERY 207;24 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>10)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 05, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries performed with radial artery(ies).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries with radial artery(ies) regardless of whether other procedures were performed. Do not leave blank, enter "zero" in the
    appropriate place if no coronary artery bypass grafts were performed with radial artery.  Note that any CABG distal anastomoses performed without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass are to be recorded.
465 NUMBER WITH OTHER ARTERY 207;25 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>10)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1.N) X
  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 24, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries performed with other artery(ies).
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the number of coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) anastomoses to native coronary arteries with other artery(ies) regardless of whether other procedures were performed. Do not leave blank, enter "zero" in the
    appropriate place if no coronary artery bypass grafts were performed with other artery(ies). Note that any CABG distal anastomoses performed without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass are to be recorded.
466 TRACHEOSTOMY 206;39 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 09, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if a postoperative tracheostomy was performed on this patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if a procedure to cut into the trachea and insert a tube to overcome tracheal obstruction or to facilitate extended mechanical ventilation was performed within 30 days of surgery.
467 NEW MECHANICAL CIRCULATORY 206;40 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if new mechanical circulatory support was necessary perioperatively.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if the patient left the operating room suite with or required post-op placement of a new IABP, ECMO, or VAD for circulatory support within 30 days perioperatively. A "yes" response is
    appropriate even if the pump is only used for a short time perioperatively. A "yes" response, however, is only correct if the patient did not enter the operating room with this same mechanical circulatory support, and the
    device insertion occurred AFTER the induction of anesthesia.
    If patient had/required new mechanical circulatory support, indicate whether the placement occurred intraoperatively or postoperatively.  Indicate the one appropriate response:
    - intraoperatively: occurring while patient was in the operating room.
    - postoperatively:  occurring after patient left the operating room.
    A "no" response is appropriate if the circulatory support device was placed as a prophylaxis before the induction of anesthesia; however, if it was placed for any reason after the induction of anesthesia, then a "yes"
    response is appropriate. A "no" response is also appropriate if the primary operation is to insert a ventricular assist device.
468 INCISION TYPE 207;26 SET
  • 'FS' FOR FULL STERNOTOMY;
  • 'FT' FOR FULL THORACOTOMY;
  • 'LP' FOR LIMITED PARASTERNAL APPROACH;
  • 'LS' FOR LIMITED STERNOTOMY;
  • 'LT' FOR LIMITED THORACOTOMY;
  • 'OL' FOR OTHER LIMITED SURG APPROACH;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY/UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 19, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Select the appropriate description of the incision used for cardiac access.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This describes the incision used for cardiac access, according to the operative report. (Do not include incisions for port access.) Enter NS if incision type is unknown.
    - Limited Sternotomy: The incision cuts through a small portion (less
    than half of the length) of the sternum (the narrow, flat bone in
    the median line of the thorax in the front of the chest).
    - Full Sternotomy: The incision cuts through the entire length of the
    sternum (the narrow, flat bone in the median line of the thorax in
    the front of the chest).
    - Limited Thoracotomy: A small surgical incision through a portion of
    the chest wall, but not along the sternum.  For example, an
    anterolateral thoracotomy approach may be used in LIMA to LAD
    grafting.
    - Full Thoracotomy: A larger surgical incision running across the
    chest wall, but not along the sternum.  This may be a left
    submammary incision, which requires the resection of the fourth
    costal cartilage and /or deflation of the left lung.
    - Limited Parasternal Approach: The incision cuts beside a small
    portion (less than 0.5 of the length) of the sternum, on a line
    midway between the sternal margin and an imaginary line passing
    through the nipple.
    - Other Limited Surgical Approach: An incision or incision set used to
    visualize the operating field that is not listed above.
469 CONVERT FROM OFF PUMP TO CPB 207;27 SET
  • '1' FOR NO (began off-pump/ stayed off-pump);
  • '2' FOR YES-PLANNED;
  • '3' FOR YES-UNPLANNED;
  • '4' FOR YES-UNKNOWN IF PLANNED;
  • '5' FOR N/A (began on-pump/ stayed on-pump);
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY/UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 23, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Was this procedure begun as an off-pump procedure, but changed so that CPB was used for any reason, or any length of time?
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate whether patient was converted from off cardiopulmonary bypass assistance to on cardiopulmonary bypass during the cardiac surgical procedure. Indicate the one appropriate response:
    No - There was no conversion that occurred for the off-pump case
    performed (i.e., the off-pump case remained off-pump throughout
    the operation).  N/A - The procedure was NOT an off-pump case (i.e., procedure began
    on-pump and remained on- pump throughout the case). [The default
    will be set to N/A.] Yes, planned - The procedure was begun as an off-pump procedure but
    changed to on-pump for any length of time; the change was planned
    due to decision made prior to operation to perform some vessels
    off-pump and some on-pump in order to minimize total CPB time.  Yes, unplanned - The procedure was begun as an off-pump procedure but
    changed to on-pump for any length of time; the change was
    unplanned and determined in the operating room due to inability
    to safely perform revascularization.  NS/Unknown - If documentation is not sufficient to answer, entering
    "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=4&'(Y=1&($P($G(^SRF(DA,206)),""^"",37)))"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of 4-YES-UNKNOWN IF PLANNED entry and prevents selection of 1-NO (began off-pump/ stayed off-pump) if CPB Time >0.
470 D/T PATIENT EXTUBATED 208;22 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="RI"!(SRX="ri") X="RI"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 04, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the exact date and time that the endotracheal tube is pulled for the final time after the surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2008): Indicate the date that the endotracheal tube is pulled for the first time after surgery. If a tracheostomy is performed to replace an oral intubation tube, intubation is considered continuous so
    the patient has not been extubated as long as the patient continues to require ventilator support. If the patient dies while intubated, indicate the date of death for this data element. Indicate "extubated prior to leaving
    the OR" in the Resource Comment if patient is extubated prior to leaving the OR.
    RI - The patient remains intubated and on ventilator at 30 days after surgery.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
471 D/T PATIENT DISCH FROM ICU 208;23 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="ERTXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="RI"!(SRX="ri") X="RI"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 14, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the first date and time of the discharge from the intensive care unit (ICU).
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): This is the first date and time of the discharge from the intensive care unit (ICU). ICU is usually a surgical unit (SICU), although it may also include a post-anesthesia recovery unit off the
    operating room.  It may also be a general ICU in which medical patients are also managed (MICU, CCU). This will always be the unit into which the patient goes immediately after surgery and is stabilized, ventilated and
    ultimately extubated. Do not include lower acuity units where the patient goes subsequently (i.e. stepdown, transitional care, telemetry, etc.). Do not include subsequent readmissions to the ICU.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
472 CARDIAC SURG PERFORMED NON-VA 206;41 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 26, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Yes if the surgery was performed at a non-VA facility through a contract arrangement.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate whether the patient's cardiac surgery was performed in a non-VA facility through a contracted arrangement, even if part of the post-surgical care is provided at the VA. A "contract"
    facility is one established to be an affiliate with the VA medical center, and it is most typically a University Hospital.  In rare cases a "contract" facility may be a community hospital when there is no University
    affiliate for the VAMC.  By contrast, a "fee-basis" patient surgery should not be indicated as a "contract" facility.  Typically, a "fee-basis" establishment is an agreement by the VA Chief of Staff to out-source a patient
    to a community hospital.  That hospital then bills the Chief of Staff for care rendered on the patient.  CICSP does not wish to capture the patient data on the "fee-basis" patients. If the patient is not entered into
    VISTA, send a paper form to Denver for hand-entry, unless your facility contracts-out a majority of its cases.  Enter "NS" if funding for the procedure is not known. The default is to NO if a response is not entered.
473 HOMELESS 209;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY/UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 01, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if the patient does not have a fixed dwelling.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): If the patient indicates he/she does not have a fixed dwelling, indicate the person's status as homeless.
474 PREOP CIRCULATORY DEVICE 209;2 SET
  • 'N' FOR NONE;
  • 'I' FOR IABP;
  • 'V' FOR VAD (includes BIVAD);
  • 'A' FOR ARTIFICIAL HEART;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 18, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Preoperative use of new mechanical circulatory device within 2 wks of surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2007): Indicate whether there was any use of any device to assist ventricular function at the time the patient presents for surgery. Indicate the one appropriate response:
    None - No New Mechanical Circulatory Device was placed.  IABP - An intra-aortic balloon pump was placed to assist ventricular
    function.  VAD -  A ventricular assist device (e.g., LVAD, BIVAD) was placed to
    assist ventricular function.  Artificial Heart - An artificial heart was placed to assist ventricular
    function.  Other - An other type of Mechanical Circulatory Device was placed.
475 DIABETES (CARDIAC) 209;3 SET
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'D' FOR DIET;
  • 'O' FOR ORAL;
  • 'I' FOR INSULIN;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 08, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the patient's diabetes status.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if the patient has diabetes treated with diet, oral, and/or insulin therapy. Diabetes is defined as a metabolic disorder of the pancreas whereby the individual requires daily dosages of
    exogenous parenteral insulin or an oral hypoglycemic agent to prevent a hyperglycemic/metabolic acidosis. If the patient is on both Oral and Insulin therapy, indicate Insulin therapy. Indicate the one most appropriate
    response.  No - no diagnosis of diabetes. Diet - a diagnosis of diabetes that is controlled by diet alone in the two weeks preceding surgery (the only prescribed treatment has been diabetic relief).  Oral - a diagnosis of
    diabetes requiring therapy with an oral hypoglycemic agent in the two weeks preceding surgery.  Insulin - a diagnosis of diabetes requiring daily insulin therapy in the two weeks preceding surgery.
476 PROCEDURE TYPE 209;4 SET
  • 'C' FOR CATH;
  • 'I' FOR IVUS;
  • 'B' FOR BOTH/COMBINATION;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY/UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUL 21, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter procedure type, which was used for the cardiac catheterization and/or angiographic data.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate which test was used for the cardiac catheterization and/or angiographic data. Indicate the one most appropriate response:
    Cath - A diagnostic procedure in which a catheter is introduced into a
    large vein, usually of an arm or leg, and threaded through the
    circulatory system to the heart to determine blood pressure and the
    rate of flow in the vessels and chambers of the heart and the
    identification of abnormal anatomy.  IVUS - Intravascular Ultrasound may be used either alone or in
    combination with results from the cardiac catheterization. If used
    alone, indicate IVUS as the only test from which procedure results
    are calculated.  Both - If both IVUS and Cath are available and both tests were
    analyzed for the results, indicate Both/Combination. NS - If no cath study is available, entering NS for "No Study/Unknown"
    is also allowed.
477 AORTIC STENOSIS 209;5 SET
  • '0' FOR NONE/TRIVIAL;
  • '1' FOR MILD;
  • '2' FOR MODERATE;
  • '3' FOR SEVERE;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 16, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter severity of aortic stenosis using LV angiogram or cardiac ultrasound.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2007): Indicate the severity of any aortic stenosis documented. This question should be answered using either the left ventricular angiogram (hemodynamic cath data) or the cardiac ultrasound examination.
    Numbers may be converted to describe the severity of the aortic stenosis on the cardiac cath report to the adjectives describing the severity: 1+ = mild, 2 or 3+ = moderate, and 4+ = severe. Both transvalvular gradient and
    estimated valve orifice area are used to assess the severity of obstruction (stenosis) of a valve. The transvalvular pressure gradient is obtained by converting the velocity of blood flow across the valve measured by the
    Doppler principle to pressure drop using the Bernoulli equation. The pressure drop, which is dependent on flow, can be converted to estimated valve orifice area if flow is known. If the echo report uses an adjective to
    describe the severity of stenosis, indicate the corresponding adjective. Use the following to convert mean (not peak) transvalvular gradients, orifice areas, or both, to the descriptive categories. Indicate the one most
    appropriate response:
    None/Trivial - The mean pressure gradient is < 5 mm Hg, and/or orifice
    area is > 2.5 cm2, and/or the aortic valve leaflets or aortic flow
    velocity is stated to be normal (< 1.0 M/sec).
    Mild - The mean pressure gradient is 5 - 20 mm Hg and/or the orifice
    area is 1.7 - 2.5 cm2
    Moderate - The mean pressure gradient is >20 - 50 mm Hg and/or the
    valve orifice area is 1.0 -1.6 cm2
    Severe - The mean pressure gradient is > 50 mm Hg and/or the valve
    orifice area is < 1.0 cm2
    NS - If no study was performed, entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown"
    is also allowed.
478 RE-DO LAD STENOSIS 209;6 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a number between 0 and 100, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): If a re-do, indicate the most severe percent stenosis in the graft to the left anterior descending coronary artery. Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
479 RE-DO RT CORONARY STENOSIS 209;7 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a number between 0 and 100, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2004): If a re-do, indicate the most severe percent stenosis in the graft to the right coronary artery or posterior descending coronary artery.  Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
480 RE-DO CIRCUMFLEX STENOSIS 209;8 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X K:+X'=X!(X>100)!(X<0)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • LAST EDITED:  SEP 23, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Type a number between 0 and 100, 0 Decimal Digits
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): If a re-do, indicate the most severe percent stenosis in the graft to the circumflex coronary artery, including marginal branches and ramus intermedius considered to be of adequate size for bypass
    grafting.  Entering "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
481 BRIDGE TO TRANSPLANT/DEVICE 209;9 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 09, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if patient received a mechanical support device as a bridge to cardiac transplant.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if patient received a mechanical support device (excluding IABP) as a bridge to cardiac transplant during the same admission as the transplant procedure; or patient received the device as
    destination therapy (does not intend to have a cardiac transplant), either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass.
482 *MAZE PROCEDURE 209;10 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  APR 05, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Yes if Maze procedure was done.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if patient had a Maze procedure either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass. A Maze procedure is a surgical intervention used to interrupt atrial conduction
    pathways often associated with atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter. It may be performed alone or in combination with other cardiac procedures.  (YES/NO).
483 TMR 209;11 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 11, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' to indicate if patient received a transmyocardial laser procedure (TMR).
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate if patient received a transmyocardial laser procedure (TMR) to make "channels" or small holes directly into the heart muscle, either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary
    bypass.  The TMR may be done in combination with a CABG procedure or as a stand-alone procedure.
484 OTHER CARDIAC PROCEDURES-LIST 209.1;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:$L(X)>60!($L(X)<3) X S:NYUK="NS"!(NYUK="ns") X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  APR 04, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-60 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006): Specify if any cardiac surgical procedure (not listed above) was performed alone or in conjunction with the index procedure, either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
485 PRIOR HEART SURGERIES 206;42 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:X["""" X I $D(X) K:$L(X)>10!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-10 characters in length
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): Indicate all applicable types of heart surgery performed, occurring during a separate hospitalization (more than 30 days prior to current surgery), either on or off-pump. Indicate all appropriate
    responses:
    None       - Patient has not had a previous cardiac surgery procedure
    CABG-only  - Patient has had a previous coronary artery bypass graft
    (CABG-only) procedure
    Valve-only - Patient has had a previous valve-only procedure
    CABG/valve - Patient has had a previous combination CABG/valve
    procedure
    Other      - Patient has had a previous cardiac procedure(s) not
    indicated in this list
    CABG/other - Patient has had a previous combination CABG/other
    procedure(s) not indicated in this list
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
486 GASTROINTESTINAL (Y/N) 200.1;1 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 11, 2003
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if this patient has a history of gastrointestinal problems.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This determines whether the patient has a history of gastrointestinal problems such as esophageal varices.
487 PREOPERATIVE INR 201;27 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:$L(X)>5!($L(X)<1) X I $D(X) D NUM^SROAL21
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-5 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the result of the preoperative INR (International Normalized Ratio). Data input must be 1 to 5 numeric characters in length which may include a prefix of a less than or greater than sign "<" or ">". Entering "NS"
    for "No Study" is also allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
487.1 PREOPERATIVE INR, DATE 202;27 DATE

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S %DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the date that the preoperative INR was performed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the date that the preoperative INR was performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
488 ORGAN/SPACE SSI 205;37 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if this patient had postoperative organ/space SSI occurrences.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Organ/Space SSI is an infection that occurs within 30 days after the operation and the infection appears to be related to the operation and the infection involves any part of the anatomy (e.g.,
    organs or spaces), other than the incision, which was opened or manipulated during an operation and at least one of the following:
    - Purulent drainage from a drain that is placed through a stab wound
    into the organ/space.
    - Organisms isolated from an aseptically obtained culture of fluid or
    tissue in the organ/space.
    - An abscess or other evidence of infection involving the organ/space
    that is found on direct examination, during reoperation, or by
    histopathologic or radiologic examination.
    - Diagnosis of an organ/space SSI by a surgeon or attending physician.
    Site-Specific Classifications of Organ/Space Surgical Site Infection
    --------------------------------------------------------------------
    Arterial or venous infection        Meningitis or ventriculitis
    Breast abscess or mastitis          Myocarditis or pericarditis
    Disc space                          Oral cavity (mouth, tongue, or
    Ear, mastoid                         gums)
    Endocarditis                        Osteomyelitis
    Endometritis                        Other infections of the lower
    Eye, other than conjunctivitis       respiratory tract (e.g. abscess
    Gastrointestinal tract               or empyema)
    Intra-abdominal, not specified      Other male or female reproductive
    elsewhere                           tract
    Intracranial, brain abscess or      Sinusitis
    dura                               Spinal abscess without meningitis
    Joint or bursa                      Upper respiratory tract
    Mediastinitis                       Vaginal cuff
489 OTHER WOUND OCCURRENCE 205;38 POINTER TO ICD DIAGNOSIS FILE (#80) ICD DIAGNOSIS(#80)

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)" D ^DIC K DIC S DIC=DIE,X=+Y K:Y<0 X
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 18, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the ICD Diagnosis code for any other wound occurrence.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): Enter any other wound occurrences that you feel to be significant and that are not covered by the predefined wound occurrence categories. Enter the ICD-9-CM code for this entry. (Example: Seromas,
    ICD-9-CM code: 998.13)
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $$ACTIV^SROICD($S($D(SRTN):SRTN,$D(DA):DA,1:""""),+Y)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of inactive diagnosis.
490 REPEAT VENTILATOR W/IN 30 DAYS 209;12 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 13, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Yes if the patient was placed on ventilator support.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2008): Indicate if the patient was placed on ventilator support postoperatively within 30 days and this repeat ventilator support is related to the index operation (For example, the patient is on the
    ventilator intra-op and immediately post-op.  Then patient is weaned and the ventilator is discontinued.  Later, the patient gets into trouble and mechanical ventilation has to be reinstated.) However, if the patient
    returns to the OR within 30 days and gets extubated immediately after, it is not considered repeat ventilator support.
491 OTHER NON-CT PROCEDURES 209.2;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S NYUK=X K:$L(X)>245!($L(X)<3) X S:NYUK="NS"!(NYUK="ns") X="NS" K NYUK
  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 29, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 3-245 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2004): If any other procedure - other than cardiothoracic - performed requiring placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass, specify details into the comment field. If no other non-CT procedure
    requiring CPB was performed, indicate "NS" for "No Study/Unknown" in the text field.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
492 PREOP FUNCT. HEALTH STATUS 200.1;2 SET
  • '1' FOR INDEPENDENT;
  • '2' FOR PARTIALLY DEPENDENT;
  • '3' FOR TOTALLY DEPENDENT;
  • '4' FOR UNKNOWN;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 27, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the level of self care that summarizes the patient's status prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2008): This is a question that focuses on the patient's abilities to perform activities of daily living (ADLs) in the 30 days prior to surgery. Activities of daily living are defined as 'the activities
    usually performed in the course of a normal day in a person's life'. ADLs include: bathing, feeding, dressing, toileting, and mobility. Report the corresponding level of self-care for activities of daily living
    demonstrated by this patient at the time the patient is being considered as a candidate for surgery (which should be no longer than 30 days prior to surgery). If the patient's status changes prior to surgery, that change
    should be reflected in your assessment. For this time point, report the level of functional health status as defined by the following criteria.
    (1) Independent: The patient does not require assistance from another
    person for any activities of daily living. This includes a person
    who is able to function independently with prosthetics, equipment,
    or devices.
    (2) Partially dependent: The patient requires some assistance from
    another person for activities of daily living. This includes a
    person who utilizes prosthetics, equipment, or devices but still
    requires some assistance from another person for ADLs.
    (3) Totally dependent: The patient requires total assistance for all
    activities of daily living.
    (4) Unknown: If unable to ascertain the functional status for the time
    point of 'prior to the current illness' only, report as unknown.
    All patients with psychiatric illnesses should be evaluated for their ability to function with or without assistance with ADLs just as the non-psychiatric patient. For instance, if a patient with schizophrenia is able to
    care for him/herself without the assistance of nursing care, he/she is considered independent.
500 PFSS ACCOUNT REFERENCE PFSS;1 POINTER ** TO AN UNDEFINED FILE **

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 08, 2005
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the PFSS Account Reference associated with this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the PFSS Account Reference number by which Surgery will reference an external account number for purposes of attaching charges for 1st or 3rd party billing.
    DELETE AUTHORITY: ^
    WRITE AUTHORITY:  ^
502 OTHER CARDIAC PROCEDURES (Y/N) 209;13 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 20, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter 'YES' if there are other cardiac procedures.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if any cardiac surgical procedure (not listed above) was performed alone or in conjunction with the index procedure, either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass
    (YES/NO).
504 HEMOGLOBIN A1C 201;28 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  S:X="NS"!(X="ns") X="NS" Q:X="NS" K:$L(X)>6!($L(X)<1) X
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 17, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Answer must be 1-6 characters in length.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006)/NSQIP (2007): Indicate the Hemoglobin A1c result (%) preoperatively evaluated closest to surgery. Entering "NS" for "No Study" is allowed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
504.1 HEMOGLOBIN A1C, DATE 202.1;1 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NS"!(SRX="ns") X="NS"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 19, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date that the Hemoglobin A1c was performed and must not be more than 1000 days before surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    CICSP Definition (2006)/NSQIP (2007): Indicate the date that the preoperative Hemoglobin A1c value was assessed. Enter "NS" for No Study if the Hemoglobin A1c test was not performed.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
505 ENDOVASCULAR REPAIR 207.1;2 SET
  • 'Y' FOR YES;
  • 'N' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 14, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter Yes if an endovascular repair of the descending thoracic aorta was done with a cardiothoracic surgeon attending.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if the patient had an endovascular repair of the descending thoracic aorta (e.g., aneurysm, pseudoaneurysm, dissection, penetrating ulcer, intramural hematoma, or traumatic disruption)
    with or without involving coverage of left subclavian artery origin, initial endoprosthesis plus descending thoracic aortic extension(s), if required, to level of celiac artery origin, with or without cardiopulmonary
    bypass. To include in CICSP, an attending cardiothoracic surgeon must have been present and involved in the procedure. It is typically done under general anesthesia and may be performed in the operating room or
    interventional radiology operating area.
506 HAIR REMOVAL METHOD VER;6 SET
  • 'C' FOR CLIPPER;
  • 'D' FOR DEPILATORY;
  • 'N' FOR NO HAIR REMOVED;
  • 'P' FOR PATIENT REMOVED OWN HAIR;
  • 'S' FOR SHAVING;
  • 'U' FOR NOT DOCUMENTED;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 23, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the method used to remove hair prior to Surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the method used to remove hair prior to surgery. Shaving is not a preferred method for hair removal. If SHAVING is selected, a comment must be entered in the HAIR REMOVAL COMMENTS field explaining why SHAVING was
    used. If OTHER is selected, comments must be entered explaining the method used.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AN^MUMPS
    1)= D HR^SRENSCS
    2)= Q
    This MUMPS cross reference maintains the Hair Removal Comments field if this field is answered with "S".
508 HAIR REMOVAL COMMENTS 49;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.0508

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    If SHAVING is selected as the hair removal method, a comment must be entered explaining why SHAVING was used. If OTHER is selected as the hair removal method, comments must be entered explaining the method used.
510 CURRENT SMOKER (CARDIAC) 200.1;5 SET
  • '1' FOR NEVER A SMOKER;
  • '2' FOR WITHIN 2 WEEKS OF SURGERY;
  • '3' FOR 2 WEEKS TO 3 MONTHS PRIOR TO SURGERY;
  • '4' FOR >3 MONTHS PRIOR TO SURGERY (REMOTE SMOKER);

  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 28, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the code describing the patient's status as a smoker prior to surgery.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate the patient's smoking status from information from the patient, or the chart, that best describes the patient's use of tobacco in any form (pipe, cigar, cigarette, tobacco chew). If more
    than one representation is found, please record according to the most conservative (most recent) quit date:
    1 = never a smoker 2 = smoking within two weeks prior to surgery 3 = smoking within 2 weeks to 3 months prior to surgery 4 = remote smoker (more than 3 months prior to surgery)
512 MAZE PROCEDURE 209;14 SET
  • 'N' FOR NO MAZE PERFORMED;
  • 'F' FOR FULL MAZE;
  • 'M' FOR MINI MAZE;

  • LAST EDITED:  JUN 28, 2006
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter NO MAZE PERFORMED, FULL MAZE or MINI MAZE.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2006): Indicate if patient had a Maze procedure either with or without placing the patient on cardiopulmonary bypass. A Maze procedure is a surgical intervention used to interrupt abnormal atrial
    conduction pathways that cause atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter. It may be performed alone or in combination with other cardiac procedures. (A Maze does not include an amputation/resection of the atrial appendage as
    an isolated procedure; an intraoperative electrophysiologic mapping procedure; nor any surgical or ablation procedure conducted on the ventricle for control of ventricular arrhythmias.) Indicate the one most appropriate
    response:
    No - No Maze performed
    Full Maze - The procedure is most often performed on-bypass through a median sternotomy. A combination of incisions and thermal (cryo) or radiofrequency ablations of the atrial wall pathways are done, typically including
    amputation/resection of the one or both atrial appendices. The procedure thus creates a "maze" of electrical propogation roots involving the entire atrial myocardium with only one side of entrance (the sinus node) and one
    side of exit (the AV node).
    Mini-Maze - A more limited and simpler procedure than the traditional full maze, the Mini-Maze is based on the finding that in most patients, ectopic foci located in the pulmonary veins are responsible for the initiation
    of atrial fib.  Radiofrequency or a cryo-ablation probe is used either inside or outside of the pulmonary vein ostia to destroy the foci.  It can be performed with or without resection of the atrial appendage and includes
    no incision or minimal incisions to the left atrium, rather than the extensive atrial surgical procedure conducted for the full Maze.  The Mini can be performed on or off bypass through a median sternotomy or performed
    thorascopically to the outside of the pulmonary veins.
513 SURGERY CONSULT DATE 209;15 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA" D:$D(X) NC^SROAUTL
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 03, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Indicate the date patient first consulted by Surgery Service for the operation.
  • DESCRIPTION:  Indicate the date that the patient was first consulted by Surgery for the operation as typically documented by a note by a member of Surgery Specialty that will perform the procedure (e.g., attending surgeon, fellow,
    nurse). For non-cardiac assessments, enter NA if this date is not applicable or cannot be determined.
    For Cardiothoracic (CT) Surgery, this date is usually on or just after the diagnostic catheterization date.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
515 PRIMARY CAUSE FOR DELAY 209;16 SET
  • 'RL' FOR RESOURCE LIMITATION;
  • 'PH' FOR PATIENT HEALTH;
  • 'PP' FOR PATIENT PREFERENCE;
  • 'O' FOR OTHER;
  • 'NS' FOR NO STUDY/UNKNOWN;
  • 'N' FOR NONE;

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 17, 2007
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the primary cause for delay if greater than 30 days.
  • DESCRIPTION:  CICSP Definition (2008): This field contains the primary cause for delay. If a Cardiac patient's surgery is greater than 30 days from initial VA Cardiothoracic Surgery Consultation (as calculated between the CT CONSULT
    DATE to DATE OF SURGERY), user shall enter cause as defined in the field. If date is less than or equal to 30 days, system shall automatically default entry to None.
    - Resource Limitation: Due to staffing or other facility limitation,
    e.g., OR scheduling, physician availability, ICU bed capacity
    - Patient Health: Due to patient health issue, e.g., vascular consult,
    additional tests
    - Patient Preference: Due to a non-health related patient preference,
    e.g., vacation
    - Other
    - NS/Unknown: Unable to Locate Reason for Delay. Entering "NS" for "No
    Study/Unknown" is also allowed.
    - None
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I Y'=""N"""
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents selection of NONE.
516 SURGERY CONSULT REQUESTED 209;17 FREE TEXT

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  N SRX S SRX=X,%DT="EXP" D ^%DT S X=Y K:Y<1 X S:SRX="NA"!(SRX="na") X="NA"
  • OUTPUT TRANSFORM:  S Y(0)=Y D DATE^SROAUTL
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 28, 2008
  • HELP-PROMPT:  This is the date the Surgery Service is requested to consult with the patient.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This is the date that the patient's physician requests that Surgery Service consult with the patient. It is not the date that the consult took place.
    Enter NA if this date is not applicable or cannot be determined.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
901 AIRWAY INDEX .3;9 SET
  • '1' FOR 1. INDEX LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 0;
  • '2' FOR 2. INDEX > 0 AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2;
  • '3' FOR 3. INDEX > 2 AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 3;
  • '4' FOR 4. INDEX > 3 AND LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 4;
  • '5' FOR 5. INDEX GREATER THAN 4;

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 10, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Do NOT enter a value. This field is computed based on the ORAL-PHARYNGEAL SCORE and the MANDIBULAR SPACE.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field describes the degree of difficulty of airway management on a scale of 1 to 5, 1 being least difficult and 5 being most difficult. The value of this field is based on a computed performance index using the
    oral-pharyngeal (OP) class and the mandibular space (MS).
    Performance index = 2.5 x OP - MS length (converted to centimeters)
    Airway Index
    ------------
    1       -  Performance Index less than 0
    2       -  Performance index greater than 0 and less than 2
    3       -  Performance index greater than 2 and less than 3
    4       -  Performance index greater than 3 and less than 4
    5       -  Performance index greater than 4
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I $P(^SRF(DA,.3),U,11)&$P(^SRF(DA,.3),U,12)"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen checks for OP Score and Mandibular Space.
    UNEDITABLE
901.1 MALLAMPATI SCALE .3;11 SET
  • '1' FOR CLASS 1;
  • '2' FOR CLASS 2;
  • '3' FOR CLASS 3;
  • '4' FOR CLASS 4;

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  I $P($G(^SRF(DA,"CON")),"^") S SRFLD=901.1 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  MAR 16, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the Mallampati Scale class.
  • DESCRIPTION:  NSQIP Definition (2004): The Mallampati classification relates tongue size to pharyngeal size. This test is performed with the patient in sitting position, the head held in a neutral position, the mouth wide open, and the
    tongue protruding to the maximum. The subsequent classification is assigned based upon the pharyngeal structures that are visible:
    Class I   - visualization of the soft palate, fauces, uvula, and
    anterior and posterior pillars.  Class II  - visualization of the soft palate, fauces, and uvula.  Class III - visualization of the soft palate and the base of the uvula.  Class IV  - soft palate is not visible
    at all.
    The classification assigned by the clinician may vary if the patient is in the supine position (instead of sitting). If the patient phonates, this falsely improves the view. If the patient arches his or her tongue, the
    uvula is falsely obscured. A class I view suggests ease of intubation and correlates with a laryngoscopic view grade I 99 to 100% of the time.  Class IV view suggests a poor laryngoscopic view, grade III or IV 100% of the
    time. Refer to the Operations Manual for a visual depiction of the Mallampati Classification.
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AOP^MUMPS
    1)= D OP^SROAUTL
    2)= D K901^SROAUTL
    This MUMPS cross reference is used to update the AIRWAY INDEX field (#901) when the MALLAMPATI SCALE field is edited.
901.2 MANDIBULAR SPACE .3;12 NUMBER

  • INPUT TRANSFORM:  K:+X'=X!(X>150)!(X<20)!(X?.E1"."1N.N) X I $D(X),$P($G(^SRF(DA,"CON")),"^") S SRFLD=901.2 D ^SROCON Q
  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 29, 1996
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the mandibular space in millimeters. Type a number between 20 and 150.
  • DESCRIPTION:  In the sitting position with head extended, enter the distance between the inside of the mentum and the top of the thyroid cartilage in millimeters. The mandibular space (MS) and the oral-pharyngeal (OP) score are used in
    figuring a performance index which is translated to the patient's airway index.
    (Performance Index = 2.5 x OP - MS length in cm)
  • NOTES:  XXXX--CAN'T BE ALTERED EXCEPT BY PROGRAMMER
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AMS^MUMPS
    1)= D MS^SROAUTL
    2)= D K901^SROAUTL
    This MUMPS cross reference is used to update the AIRWAY INDEX field (#901) when the MANDIBULAR SPACE field is edited.
903 DEATH UNRELATED/RELATED .4;7 SET
  • 'U' FOR UNRELATED;
  • 'R' FOR RELATED;

  • LAST EDITED:  NOV 06, 1995
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter "U" if the death was not related to the Surgical procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This indicates if death was unrelated to this surgery.
904 REVIEW OF DEATH COMMENTS 47;0 WORD-PROCESSING #130.0904

  • LAST EDITED:  DEC 15, 1995
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This word processing field contains comments about the review of death.
905 READY TO TRANSMIT? .4;2 SET
  • 'R' FOR READY;
  • 'T' FOR TRANSMITTED;

  • LAST EDITED:  JAN 23, 1997
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter R if ready to transmit or T if already transmitted.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field is set to R (ready) by a MUMPS cross reference the TIME PAT OUT OR field. When this case is transmitted to the national database at the end of the quarter, this field will be updated to T (transmitted). This
    field serves as a flag that indicates the transmission status of this case.
  • CROSS-REFERENCE:  130^AQ1^MUMPS
    1)= D AQ1^SROXR4
    2)= D KAQ1^SROXR4
    This MUMPS cross reference updates the AQ cross reference list of cases that are are ready to be transmitted to the national database.
1000 TIU OPERATIVE SUMMARY TIU;1 POINTER TO TIU DOCUMENT FILE (#8925) TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)

  • LAST EDITED:  AUG 28, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the TIU document that holds the operative summary for this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the operative summary for this case stored in TIU.
1001 TIU NURSE INTRAOP REPORT TIU;2 POINTER TO TIU DOCUMENT FILE (#8925) TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)

  • LAST EDITED:  MAY 24, 2002
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the TIU document that holds the Nurse Intraoperative Report for this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the Nurse Intraoperative Report for this case stored in TIU.
1002 TIU PROCEDURE REPORT (NON-OR) TIU;3 POINTER TO TIU DOCUMENT FILE (#8925) TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 19, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the TIU document that holds the procedure summary for this non-OR procedure.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the Procedure Report (Non-OR) for this non-OR procedure.
1003 TIU ANESTHESIA REPORT TIU;4 POINTER TO TIU DOCUMENT FILE (#8925) TIU DOCUMENT(#8925)

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 19, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter the TIU document that holds the Anesthesia Report for this case.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This is the Anesthesia Report for this case.
1004 DICTATED SUMMARY EXPECTED TIU;5 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  FEB 25, 2004
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if a summary of this procedure will be dictated.
  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This field indicates if the provider will dictate a summary of this procedure to be electronically signed. Enter YES if a dictated summary is expected. Enter NO or leave blank if no summary is expected.
  • SCREEN:  S DIC("S")="I '$$DEL^SROESX(DA,""3"")"
  • EXPLANATION:  Screen prevents change if a Procedure Report is associated with the case.
  • DELETE TEST:  1,0)= I $$DEL^SROESX(DA,"3") D EN^DDIOL("The DICTATED SUMMARY EXPECTED field cannot be deleted. This case has a",,"!!,?2") D EN^DDIOL("Procedure Report associated with it.",,"!,?2")
  • RECORD INDEXES:  AESP (#444)
1005 CPT ON NURSE REPORT TIU;6 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 25, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the CPT ON NURSE INTRAOP site parameter is set to YES, INCLUDE CPT at the time the nurse intraoperative report is signed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field reflects the content of the CPT ON NURSE INTRAOP site parameter in SURGERY SITE PARAMETERS file (#133). This field will be set at the time the Nurse Intraoperative Report is signed and will be checked any time
    an automatic addendum is made to the report to determine whether the CPT codes should appear on the report.
1006 ICD-9 ON NURSE REPORT TIU;7 SET
  • '1' FOR YES;
  • '0' FOR NO;

  • LAST EDITED:  OCT 25, 2000
  • HELP-PROMPT:  Enter YES if the ICD-9 ON NURSE INTRAOP site parameter is set to YES, INCLUDE ICD-9 at the time the nurse intraoperative report is signed.
  • DESCRIPTION:  This field reflects the content of the ICD-9 ON NURSE INTRAOP site parameter in SURGERY SITE PARAMETERS file (#133). This field will be set at the time the Nurse Intraoperative Report is signed and will be checked any
    time an automatic addendum is made to the report to determine whether the ICD-9 codes should appear on the report.
2005 IMAGE 2005;0 POINTER Multiple #130.02005 130.02005

  • DESCRIPTION:  
    This sub-file contains pointers to images in the Imaging file (#2005) that are related to this case.
Info |  Desc |  Directly Accessed By Routines |  Accessed By FileMan Db Calls |  Pointed To By FileMan Files |  Pointer To FileMan Files |  Fields |  All